e Ball Guide

Compiled by Jouni Filip Maho

Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics

User guide to EBALLThis version dated : 19 maj 2010

( page breaks not fixed )

The present document aims to explain the content and structure of the EBALL (i.e.Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics), a bibliographicaldatabase compiled by Jouni Filip Maho since 1991.

Various parts of this document have previously been distributed as a searcher’smanual, esp. that which here appears as part IV.

This user guide is, together with its various accompanying documents, continuallyupdated, revised and amended.

Jouni Filip Maho

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 7

1.1 On the contents of EBALL ............................................................................. 71.2 What follows below ........................................................................................ 10

II. SEARCHING EBALL .................................................................................. 13

2.1 Searching EBALL using search codes ........................................................... 132.1.1 The language codes (set 1) .................................................................... 142.1.2 The areal codes (set 2) .......................................................................... 152.1.3 The general content codes or “the rest” (set 3) ..................................... 15

2.2 The usefulness of the search codes ................................................................. 16

III. WORKING WITH EBALL ......................................................................... 17

3.1 Finding good sources ...................................................................................... 173.2 Entering data into EBALL .............................................................................. 18

3.2.1 A handful of preliminaries .................................................................... 18 3.2.1.1 The working language of EBALL ................................................ 18 3.2.1.2 What deserves an entry in EBALL? ............................................. 19 3.2.1.3 EBALL’s reference types ............................................................. 20 3.2.1.4 Abbreviations, initialisms and acronyms ...................................... 21 3.2.1.5 The use of periods in acronyms, abbreviations and initials .......... 22 3.2.1.6 Special characters and formatting ................................................. 233.2.2 Comments on reference types ............................................................... 23 3.2.2.1 Journal article ................................................................................ 23 3.2.2.2 Book & Edited book ..................................................................... 24 3.2.2.3 Book section ................................................................................. 24 3.2.2.4 Unpublished .................................................................................. 24 3.2.2.5 Computer program ........................................................................ 24 3.2.2.6 Map ............................................................................................... 243.2.3 Comments on specific fields ................................................................. 25 3.2.3.1 Author, Editor, Creator, Cartographer, etc. .................................. 25 3.2.3.2 Year ............................................................................................... 29 3.2.3.3 Title ............................................................................................... 30 3.2.3.4 Edit info ........................................................................................ 32 3.2.3.5 Edit info book (Book section) ....................................................... 33 3.2.3.6 Journal (Journal article) ................................................................ 34 3.2.3.7 Series/edit info (Journal article) .................................................... 37 3.2.3.8 Series title (Book, Edited book) .................................................... 38 3.2.3.9 Collection (Unpublished) .............................................................. 39 3.2.3.10 Series title (Journal article) ......................................................... 40 3.2.3.11 Volume (not Journal article) ....................................................... 41 3.2.3.12 Volume (Journal article) ............................................................. 42 3.2.3.13 Issue/date (Journal article) .......................................................... 43 3.2.3.14 Pages, Pagination ........................................................................ 44 3.2.3.15 Theme issue (Journal article) ...................................................... 44

4 USER GUIDE TO EBALL -- 19 maj 2010

3.2.3.16 City, Place of publication ........................................................... 45 3.2.3.17 Publisher ..................................................................................... 47 3.2.3.18 Institution (Unpublished) ............................................................ 48 3.2.3.19 ISBN ........................................................................................... 48 3.2.3.20 URL ............................................................................................ 49 3.2.3.21 Peripheralia ................................................................................. 49 3.2.3.22 Keywords .................................................................................... 50 3.2.3.23 Notes ........................................................................................... 52

3.3 Maintaining the data in EBALL ..................................................................... 533.3.1 Making selective outtakes ..................................................................... 533.3.2 Using temporary terms lists .................................................................. 543.3.3 Keeping an eye out for duplicates ......................................................... 553.3.4 Avoiding spelling errors ........................................................................ 56

3.4 Preparing a printout from EBALL .................................................................. 563.4.1 EBALL’s output styles .......................................................................... 573.4.2 A few necessary tweakings ................................................................... 613.4.3 Changes to EBALL’s output styles ....................................................... 63

IV. THEMATIC LISTS OF SEARCH CODES ............................................... 65

4.1 The language codes (set 1) ............................................................................. 66 ––– The Bantu languages (a-s) ..................................................................... 68 ––– The Benue-Congo languages (t) ........................................................... 87 ––– The Niger-Congo languages (u) ............................................................ 99 ––– The Nilosaharan languages (v) ............................................................. 111 ––– The Khoesan languages (w) .................................................................. 118 ––– The Afroasiatic languages (x) ............................................................... 120 ––– Remnant, unclassified, other languages (y) .......................................... 132 ––– “New” languages in Africa (z) .............................................................. 146

4.2 The areal codes (set 2) .................................................................................... 1514.3 The general content codes (set 3) ................................................................... 1564.4 Alphabetical list of all three-letter codes (sets 2-3) ........................................ 157

V. BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCES ......................................................... 159

List of tables

1. A little EBALL statistics ..................................................................................... 82. EBALL statistics for Niger-Congo languages .................................................... 93. Some more EBALL statistics .............................................................................. 104. Reference types and fields used in EBALL ........................................................ 20

List of maps

Major language groupings in Africa ........................................................................ 67Bantu language zones ............................................................................................... 69The Benue-Congo languages ................................................................................... 88The Niger-Congo languages .................................................................................... 100The Nilosaharan languages ...................................................................................... 112The Khoesan languages ........................................................................................... 119The Afroasiatic languages ........................................................................................ 121Spoken varieties of Arabic ....................................................................................... 122Arabic as official language ...................................................................................... 123Unclassified languages in Africa ............................................................................. 133Select historical kingdoms, peoples, and places ...................................................... 135English as official language ..................................................................................... 137French as official language ...................................................................................... 138Portuguese as official language ................................................................................ 139Spanish as official language ..................................................................................... 140African languages as official languages ................................................................... 141Countries/territories with South Asian languages .................................................... 143Countries/territories with East Asian languages ...................................................... 145“New” languages based on African languages (incl Arabic) ................................... 147“New” languages based on Indoeuropean languages ............................................... 148The country codes .................................................................................................... 152The BAT, FAT, PAT and SAT codes ...................................................................... 153The WAF, CAF and NEA codes .............................................................................. 154The NAF, SAF and EAF codes ................................................................................ 155

Some/most of the maps may look odd-coloured on some computer screens. Thisis due to the fact that the colours have been chosen so as to look acceptable whendoing monochrome printouts, in which case they appear as different shades of grey.

PART I

INTRODUCTION

The Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics, or EBALL, is abibliographical database aiming to collect, as exhaustively as possible, references toworks dealing with African languages and linguistics, with an intended coveragecomprising any and all languages found on the African continent, such as Afroasiatic,Khoesan, Niger-Congo and Nilosaharan languages, any African varieties of Indo-European and Asian/Indian languages, as well as any African pidgins/creoles, mixedlanguages, sign languages, artificial languages, and so on and so forth. 1

EBALL is meant to assist people in finding out what kind of linguistic work has beendone on any particular African language. This requires that the information isexhaustive as well as accurate and reliable. Indeed, EBALL aims to satisfy both ofthese requirements, i.e. exhaustiveness and reliability.

1.1 On the contents of EBALL

EBALL is an electronic database. It is stored with a software called EndNote, acommercial bibliography program that is widely used in the academic world. It isavailable for both Mac and PC. 2

The information in EBALL is organised like any other database, containing anumber of bibliographical entries (= posts) comprised of a pre-defined set of fields,each of which is designated for a specified type of information. Hence different typesof fields contain different types of information, such as author name, title of work,date published, name of publisher, and so on and so forth. 3

1 It is thus not an inventory of any actual library or archive.2 In order to benefit optimally from the present user guide, an acquaintance with EndNote’s

manual is strongly recommended, since many of the terms and concepts used here derive directlyfrom there, e.g. reference type, field, style, terms list, and so on. These are sufficiently explained inEndNote’s own manual and are thus not further defined here. All other important terminology isdiscussed and defined where introduced in the text.3 Each bibliographical entry, in turn, corresponds to a bibliographical item, i.e. a physical form

of recorded information, e.g. a book, journal article, thesis, etc. See more on this in part III below.


Language Total number of entries Number of languagesgroupings indexed for ‘linguistics’ according to SIL14

In toto 37 832 = 100 % 2 079 = 100 %

Afroasiatic 8 402 ≈ 22.2 % 317 ≈ 15.2 %Khoesan 1 418 ≈ 3.7 % 29 ≈ 1.4 %Niger-Congo 21 466 ≈ 56.7 % 1 482 ≈ 71.3 %Nilosaharan 2 708 ≈ 7.2 % 199 ≈ 9.6 %Others, unspecified 4 573 ≈ 12.1 % 52 ≈ 2.5 %

Table 1. A little EBALL statistics, as of June 2009.

The first column gives the number of EBALL entries which have been coded for linguistics. Thesecond column gives the number of languages within each major language grouping, as claimedby SIL14 (2000). (Note also that there are overlaps involved in the figures in the first column,i.e. one and the same EBALL entry may deal with more than one language grouping.)

The primary coverage of EBALL is linguistics. It does, however, also contain a fairamount of references to other types of works, e.g. anthropological, sociological,historical, etc., all of which may or may not be relevant from a linguistic point ofview. However, there is no aim towards exhaustiveness with regard to these latterreferences.

EBALL is a work in progress, and as such it is continually updated, revised andexpanded. As of June 2009, it contained 60 475 indexed references. Of these, 37 832(or c. 63 %) were specifically indexed for linguistics. 4 The accompanying tables givebrief and selected overviews of the contents of EBALL. It would go far beyond thescope of the present guide to dwell into the details on this issue, so only a few generalcharacterisations will be made here.

It needs to be emphasised that the figures in tables 1 and 2 cannot be interpreted asanything else than describing the internal demographics of EBALL. For instance,according to the 14th edition of the Ethnologue (SIL14 2000), there are 2 079languages in Africa. While 1 482, or appr. 71.3 %, of all African languages areNiger-Congo languages, only 56.7 % percent of all linguistics-related entries inEBALL deal specifically with Niger-Congo languages. Taken at face value, thiscould be taken to indicate that the Niger-Congo languages are under-described inrelation to other African languages. For similar reasons, the figures in table 1 couldalso be taken to indicate that the Khoesan languages are grossly over-described inrelation to other languages, since c. 3.7 % of all linguistics-related entries in EBALLdeal with Khoesan languages while only 1.4% of all African languages are Khoesanlanguages. A conclusion like this would, of course, be a bizarre misrepresentation ofthe actual state of affairs in Khoesan linguistics (cfr Güldemann & Vossen2000:103f). The point here being that the figures cannot be interpreted too far.

4 If we include proverb collections and native texts, then the percentage increases to c.70%.

USER GUIDE TO EBALL -- 19 maj 2010 9

Language Total number of entries Number of languagesgroupings indexed for ‘linguistics’ according to SIL14

All of Niger-Congo 21 466 = 100 % 1 482 = 100 %

Bantu languages 13 115 ≈ 61.1 % 498 ≈ 33.6 %Other Benue-Congo languages 2 734 ≈ 12.7 % 433 ≈ 29.3 %Kwa languages 1 312 ≈ 6.1 % 81 ≈ 5.5 %Gur languages 1 808 ≈ 8.4 % 98 ≈ 6.6 %Kru languages 227 ≈ 1.1 % 39 ≈ 2.6 %Ubangi languages 533 ≈ 2.5 % 70 ≈ 4.7 %Adamawa languages 210 ≈ 1.0 % 89 ≈ 6.0 %Ijoid languages 126 ≈ 0.6 % 10 ≈ 0.7 %Mande languages 1 132 ≈ 5.3 % 68 ≈ 4.6 %Atlantic languages 1 114 ≈ 5.2 % 64 ≈ 4.3 %Kordofanian languages 76 ≈ 0.4 % 31 ≈ 2.1 %Dogon languages 92 ≈ 0.4 % 1 ≈ ‹0.1 %

Table 2. EBALL statistics for Niger-Congo languages, as of June 2009.

Note that the figures include overlaps, i.e. one and the same EBALL entry may deal with morethan one language grouping.

Still, the percentages do give us a rough indication of how linguistic research hasbeen distributed among the African languages. Had all things been equal and non-affected by the realities of research, politics and every-day life, then any givenlanguage should have been represented by 19 linguistics-related entries in EBALL.This is calculated on the simple fact that SIL14 claims a total of 2 079 languages inAfrica, meaning that each individual language equals roughly 0.05%, i.e. 1 / 2 079. Ifthere had been an even coverage in EBALL, each language would then had beenrepresented by 0.05% of the total amount of linguistics-related entries in EBALL,which is 37 832, and this amounts to c. 19 titles. This is not so, however; nor shouldwe expect it to be. While Swahili is represented by 2 271 (or c. 6.0 %) linguistics-related entries and Arabic by 1 289 (or c. 3.4 %), there are numerous languages withfar fewer entries than that, and many languages are not represented even by a singleentry.

Another word of caution needs to be added regarding the numbers in tables 1-3. Forinstance, there are 1 531 entries coded with ‹tnl›, which stands for ‘tonology’, ‘tonestudies’, etc. Now, there are many grammar descriptions that contain detailed studiesof tonal phenomena, as do many dictionaries. Grammar descriptions and dictionariesare coded with a language code plus either ‹grd› (grammar description) or ‹dct›(dictionary). The code ‹tnl› has only been added when the present bibliographer-cum-indexer is aware of the full contents of any given grammar book or dictionary; ideallyby having personally inspected the bibliographical item in question. Hence some oreven many EBALL entries have most probably been non-exhaustively indexed,which means that the numbers in tables 1-3 are best treated as minimum values.


Type of work Entries in EBALL

Total number of entries in EBALL, as of June 2009 ...................................... 59 844

Linguistics ....................................................................................................... 37 832• Phonetics, phonology .................................................................................... 6 999

incl. Tonology/Prosody ( 1 531 )• Dictionaries, wordlists .................................................................................. 4 177

incl. Afroasiatic ( 856 ), Bantu ( 1 809 ), Khoesan ( 105 ),Niger-Congo sans Bantu ( 902 ), Nilosaharan ( 342 )

• Lexical studies, lexicography........................................................................ 5 854incl. Onomastics/Toponymics ( 837 )

• Grammar books, grammar descriptions ........................................................ 3 509incl. Afroasiatic ( 677 ), Bantu ( 1 660 ), Khoesan ( 61 ),Niger-Congo sans Bantu ( 816 ), Nilosaharan ( 230 )

• Grammar, morphology, syntax ..................................................................... 9 839incl. Noun classification ( 888 ), Tense-Aspect-Mood ( 1 683 ), Negation ( 176 )

• Sociolinguistics ............................................................................................. 5 734incl. Language planning/politics ( 1 089 )

Education, pedagogics ..................................................................................... 1 983Antropology, ethnography............................................................................... 15 766Literature, proverbs, fables, mythology .......................................................... 4 653History & Archaeology ................................................................................... 6 658

Theses, dissertations ........................................................................................ 5 278Conference proceedings .................................................................................. 491Festschrifts....................................................................................................... 104Travelogues ..................................................................................................... 3 698Bibliographies ................................................................................................. 1 357

Table 3. Some more EBALL statistics, as of June 2009.

The figures in tables 1-3 give an overview of the internal demographics of EBALL.They do not represent anything else, nor should they be interpreted as anything else.EBALL’s coverage, though comprehensive, displays an uneven density across theAfrican continent. This is largely explained by actual research traditions, but to someextent also by the current bibliographer’s personal interests and/or ignorance. Thuswhile entries relating to Bantu languages are fairly many, West and North Africanlanguages are less comprehensively covered, at least at present.

1.2 What follows below

Part II, which follows next, contains a few pointers on how to perform optimalsearches in EBALL. Specifically, it explains the principled behind EBALL’s searchcode (indexing) system.


Part III comprises a bibliographer’s guide to EBALL. It explains principles andmethods used in entering data into the EBALL database. Besides being a manual foranyone working with EBALL, it can indirectly also be used as an extended searchtool. By understanding how the data is structured, free text searches can be performedmore optimally. At the end, there are also some brief pointers for those who wish tomake printouts from EBALL.

Part IV contains thematic lists of all search codes. It is meant to be used as areference when performing searches in EBALL, as well as working tool for anyoneindexing entries in EBALL.

PART II

SEARCHING EBALL

Any search operation results in a recall. The most optimal recalls are achieved bytaking advantage of EBALL’s system of search codes. Free text searches, be theyfield-specific or not, are also possible but generally produce less optimal recalls.

There are several ways to measure the successfulness of a recall. 5 The degree ofrelevance is the ratio between relevant and non-relevant entries contained in anygiven recall, as judged according to some hypothetical consensus. The degree ofexhaustiveness is the ratio between found and missed relevant entries in any givenrecall, as judged according to some hypothetical consensus. Both of these ratios arehighly important for any academically useful bibliography, even though they areimpossible to satisfy without subjective evaluations. In theory, if not in practice,EBALL strives towards producing recalls that are relevant (i.e. consisting onlyrelevant entries) as well as exhaustive (i.e. consisting all relevant entries).

2.1 Searching EBALL using search codes

All bibliographical entries have been indexed with search codes (or simply codes).Each search code signifies an index value (or code value). For instance, the codes‹lng›, ‹alg› and ‹sss› signify the index values ‘linguistics’, ‘Algeria’ and ‘social studyof science’, respectively. 6 There are three sets of index values with correspondingsets of search codes, viz. the language codes, the areal codes, and the general contentcodes. These are discusses separately below.

The system of index values is meant to be featural, not hierarchical. In the main, it isan unstructured system, even though some “natural” hierarchies among the values doexist. For instance, an entry that is coded for ‘phonology’ (search code ‹phn›) willautomatically also be coded for ‘linguistics’ (search code ‹lng›), since the former is anatural subcategory of the latter, while the reverse is not true.

Thematic lists of all search codes can be found in part IV.

5 For more elaborate discussions on these issues, see Foskett (1996:12-32, passim).6 The search codes are not case-sensitive.


2.1.1 THE LANGUAGE CODES (SET 1)

All major African language groupings as well as most individual languages havebeen provided with unique search codes. These language codes have been speci-fically tailor-made for bibliographical purposes. In fact, their sole reason forexistence is to simplify search operations and enhance the success of recalls. Singlecodes are intended to retrieve all relevant entries related to either individuallanguages or language groupings.

All language codes consist of a letter followed by a dot (period), which in turn isfollowed by two or more digits; for example, ‹h.16›, which stands for ‘Kikongo’, and‹y.351›, which stands for ‘Portuguese’.

The digits following the initial letter signify major branches, subgroupings, as well asindividual languages. In the code ‹x.211› the string ‹x.› signifies ‘Afroasiatic’, ‹x.2›signifies ‘Semitic’, while ‹x.211› signifies Arabic (in general). Additional letters areoccasionally used for further specification; thus ‹x.211a› signifies ‘Classical Arabic’,‹x.211b› signifies ‘(Modern) Standard Arabic’, ‹x.211c› ‘Hassaniyya Arabic’,‹x.211d› ‘Magreb Arabic’, and so on.

EBALL’s system of language codes is an extension of Malcolm Guthrie’s (1948,1971) classification of the Bantu languages, in which individual Bantu languages aregrouped into 15 larger geographical zones signified by letters ‹a.› to ‹s.› (with a fewomissions), and further subgrouped into various minor local groups. In EBALL,Bantu languages have been coded according to an updated version of Guthrie’sclassification, utilising search codes beginning with the letters ‹a.› through ‹s.›. Therest of the alphabet, i.e. letters ‹t.› through ‹z.›, are used for non-Bantu languages.

‹a.› to ‹s.› Bantu languages‹t.› Benue-Congo languages, excl. Bantu‹u.› Niger-Congo languages, excl. Benue-Congo‹v.› Nilosaharan languages‹w.› Khoesan languages‹x.› Afroasiatic languages‹y.› unclassified languages, miscellaneous other languages‹z.› restructured languages, pidgins/creoles, artificial languages

Exhaustive lists of all language codes can be found in part IV.1 below. 7

The dot (the period) in the language codes is very important. When searching forall, say, Khoesan-related references, the proper search code is ‹w.›, not ‹w›. If asearch is performed for ‹w› alone (without the dot), the recall will comprise all refe-rences coded with search codes containing the letter ‹w›, such as ‹wsh› (‘WesternSahara’), ‹waf› (‘Western Africa’), and so on. Hence the dot must always be presentas it is a unique language code identifier.

7 The taxonomic structure underlying the code system is not intended as a linguistic-geneticstatement, even though it is largely based on historical classifications suggested in the publishedliterature. EBALL’s code system is meant to be practical and, more specifically, it is meant to beimplementable now , at once, not at some hypothetical future time when solid historicalclassifications may or may not be in existence.


If a search fails, using a truncated language code may help. Some EBALL entrieshave been coded with more generic codes than expected, e.g. ‹u.290› instead of‹u.292›. This concerns, in particular, EBALL entries where the content of the biblio-graphical item in question has been difficult to assess. If any given search yieldseither an unexpectedly low recall or even a zero-recall, it could be worth trying a newsearch with a more generic language code. This is done by simply deleting the lastdigit in the search code. For instance, the truncated code ‹u.61› might produce abetter recall than the more specific ‹u.611›.

2.1.2 THE AREAL CODES (SET 2)

The areal codes refer to geographical entities, e.g. countries like ‘Algeria’, largerregions like ‘North-eastern Africa’ and ‘Sub-Saharan Africa’, and even the wholecontinent, i.e. ‘Africa’.

All areal codes consist of three letters, such as ‹alg› for ‘Algeria’, ‹tgo› for ‘Togo’,and so on. The codes are meant to be mnemonic, and their forms usually derive fromthe English names of the geographical areas in question. Specifically, the search codeconsists of the first letter plus any two following consonants. Thus ‘Morocco’ hasproduced the search code ‹mrc›, ‘Tanzania’ has produced ‹tnz›, and so on.

There are a few exceptions, however. As both ‘Zambia’ and ‘Zimbabwe’, followingthe first-letter-plus-next-two-consonants-principle, would appear with the same code,one of them has been given an irregular code. While ‘Zambia’ has been give theexpected code ‹zmb›, ‘Zimbabwe’ appears with an irregular code as ‹zbw›.

Multi-word phrases usually generate codes based on the initial letters from several orall phrase constituents, e.g. ‘Northern Africa’ is ‹naf›, ‘Western Africa’ is ‹waf›,‘Eastern Africa’ is ‹eaf›, ‘Southern Africa’ is ‹saf›, ‘Sub-Saharan Africa’ is ‹ssa›, etc.

A complete list of areal codes can be found in part IV.2 below.

2.1.3 THE GENERAL CONTENT CODES OR “THE REST” (SET 3)

This is a lump category consisting of codes referring to anything not covered by sets1 (language) and 2 (area). In one way or other, set 3 codes characterise the contentsof the bibliographical item in question, for instance, in terms of subject matter dealtwith (grammar, tonology, history, biography, etc.) and/or type of item (thesis, fest-schrift, proceedings, film, etc.).

The general content codes are constructed in the same way as the areal codes, i.e.they comprise of three letters which usually derive from the code value’s first letterplus any two following consonants. Thus ‘linguistics’ is ‹lng›, ‘grammar’ is ‹grm›,‘phonology/phonetics’ is ‹phn›, and so on.

A full list of general content codes can be found in part IV.3 below.


2.2 The usefulness of the search codes

The code system displays a few idiosyncracies and is certainly not perfect, but it hasproven itself useful in several ways. Its main strength lies in the fact that it is quickand easy to use for an indexer and that it minimises the need for multiple searches.

Anything dealing with, say, Namibia, can be easily found by using the single searchcode ‹nmb›, which (barring any faulty indexing) gives a recall containing allNamibia-related entries. A free-text search, on the other hand, would require severalsearch operations involving several strings such as ‹namibia›, ‹namibië›, ‹namibié›,‹south west africa›, ‹südwestafrika›, ‹südwest-afrika›, ‹suidwesafrika›, ‹s.w.a.›, etc.In addition, some/many Namibia-related entries do not include the name of thecountry itself, perhaps only the name of a region, town, historical person, people, etc.This makes free text searches selective and unreliable.

Even though EBALL’s indexing system has been fairly consistenly implemented andhence also works relatively well, the search codes do not give definite answers to allsearches. Some of the limitations are important to keep in mind.

Firstly, the indexing of entries in EBALL has largely been a heuristic process. Thismeans, among other things, that the system of index values has been and still is in acontinual flux. In particular, their number tend to increase as time goes by. Whennew index values are introduced, some/many of the old entries need to be re-indexedretroactively. Unfortunately, this has not always been performed to an extent thatmight have been ideal. This concerns in particular the general content codes (set 3).

Secondly, the coding of any given entry may be faulty due to a number of factors,usually ignorance on the part of the bibliographer and/or indexer. Much of the data inEBALL derives from secondary sources such as library inventories, publisher’scatalogues, specialised bibliographies of various kinds, and so on. This means thatmuch of the indexing has been dependent on the interpretation of titles. Hence detailsregarding the contents of the corresponding bibliographical items have not alwaysbeen easy to determine. This is obviously not an ideal working process, but it is anecessary and also, unfortunately, an unavoidable one. Consequently, some entrieseither lack relevant search codes, contain erroneous search codes, or both.

From an impressionistic point of view, there ought to be few erroneously codedentries, meaning that searches for Hausa-related entries will generate a recall filledwith Hausa-related entries and few, if any, !Kung- or even Amharic-related ones(except where there is a genuine overlap in coverage). The number of references thatare missed, on the other hand, due to the lack of a relevant code, is difficult toestimate, but seems (again, impressionistically) to be low.8

Worth repeating is the fact that EBALL is a work in progress. This applies not onlyto the bibliographical information stored in EBALL but also to the quality andstructure of EBALL’s indexing system.

8 In statistical terms, these two measures are also known as specificity and sensitivity, Theformer is a measure of correctly recalled items (100% = all recalled items are correct), while thelatter is, roughly speaking, a measure of missed items (100% = no missed items).

PART III

WORKING WITH EBALL

EBALL’s sole purpose is to collect bibliographical information, and to do so asexhaustively and accurately as possible. Collecting bibliographical data consumesboth time and energy, but equally time-consuming is the maintaining and correctingof reference details. Both activities require equal amounts of attention andjudiciousness.

One of the ways to assure that the bibliographical information is correct is to followstrict principles when entering data into the database. The aim of the present part is todescribe such principles. Using consistent principles when entering data into EBALL,or any bibliographical database, is highly important. For instance, it minimises theamount of duplicate entries (as well as many other types of errors). It also greatlyincreases the successfulness of recalls when searching for information.

3.1 Finding good sources

The data in EBALL derives from a variety of sources, e.g. library catalogues,specialised bibliographies, reference lists in publications, personal communications,and so on.

The best sources, by far, are various types of library catalogues, such as unioncatalogues, acquisitions catalogues, and so on. Web-accessible ones are especiallyindispensable since they normally come with useful search options. Librarycatalogues typically contain important and highly accurate reference details,especially for books and manuscripts, as well as information on library holdings.Electronic library catalogues are thus also good for verifying and checkingbibliographical information received from elsewhere.

Specialised bibliographies (including accumulative journal indexes) are normallygood to use, but their coverage is usually very restricted. They do, however, oftencontain many obscure items that would otherwise be difficult to find. When they arecompiled by experts in the field(s) covered by the bibliography (which they oftenare), they are also usually very reliable.


Personal communication with scholars is also usually good, especially if one wants tocollect information on personal bibliographies and/or private library holdings.However, it is too time-consuming and impractical to be of use as a general methodof data collecting.

The quality and reliability of reference lists in published books and articles rangefrom excellent to dismal. They are often highly error-prone. They contain manymistakes, misspellings, duplicate items, insufficient (missing or non-disambiguating)information, and so on. When looking for bibliographical information in a new sub-discipline, of which a bibliographer may have little or no pre-knowledge, referencelists may provide a starting point, but their accuracy cannot be taken for granted evenwhen produced by experts. The bibliographical standards are not very good inAfrican linguistics.

Comparing data in several sources is not only good but necessary. If a visualinspection of any given bibliographical item cannot be performed, then verifying databy looking in several sources is imperative. It should be noted, however, that it is notis unusual for several sources to agree on details that are erroneous, as mistakes aresometimes perpetuated by being copied from one bibliography to another.

3.2 Entering data into EBALL

There are many principles or rules of thumb that are important to keep in mind whenworking with EBALL. It is important that data is entered consistently, as this greatlysimplifies searching, reduces errors, and minimises the amount of duplicate entries.

3.2.1 A HANDFUL PRELIMINARIES

EBALL is compiled with a commercial bibliography programme called EndNote.The currently utilised version is 3.1, even though much later versions exist on themarket. The main reason for preferring this early version, is that later versions,despite all their bells and whistles, are sluggish and slow, and therefore frustrating towork with. Whenever a new version of EndNote is as lightning fast as version 3.1,EBALL will update to that. Moreover, EBALL does not use all the default settings ofEndNote. These deviations are explained and discussed in detail below.

3.2.1.1 The working language of EBALL

The working language of EBALL is English. This means, for instance, that allannotations are written in English and that many non-English titles, where necessary,are appended with English translations.

However, the fact that English is the working language of EBALL is only a rule ofthumb, not any categorical imperative. Other languages than English are used incertain fields. This especially concerns information like “Troisième édition”, “Toleola pili” (= Swahili for “Second edition”), etc. Further details about the use of otherlanguages than english are given in the discussions of individual fields (see §3.2.3).


English as a default working language also has implications for those who want tomake printouts, which is dealt with further below (see §3.4).

3.2.1.2 What deserves an entry in EBALL?

Each entry in EBALL corresponds to a present, past or hypothetical bibliographicalitem. Bibliographical items, in turn, are physical forms of recorded information, suchas books, articles, dissertations, manuscripts, tapes, CD-ROMs, films, whatever.Ideally, all bibliographical items referred to in EBALL should be accessible. In otherwords, they should, in one way or other, be available for inspection. However, whilemost bibliographical items are indeed accessible (with or without difficulties), somemay not be. For example, the medieval Arab scholar al-Idrîsî is believed to havewritten a (second) geographical work towards the turn of the twelfth century titled“Rawd al-uns wa nuzhat al-nafs”. However, no extant copies are known, and it is noteven sure that he wrote a second such work (see entry on al-Idrîsî in Encyclopaediaof Islam, new ed.). Despite being (to the best of our knowledge) completelyinaccessible, it nonetheless constitutes a bibliographical item as far as EBALL isconcerned, and therefore it also has an entry in EBALL.

While the first edition of any given published work is normally given an entry inEBALL, subsequent editions and printings may or may not. In principle, separateentries are given only to those printings/editions of a work that involves substantialchanges relative to earlier printings/editions.

Reprints are normally not given entries of their own. These are instead mentionedin the notes (annotations) field of the entry referring to the original publication.Sometimes plain reprints carry the label “New edition”; presumbaly this is done forcommercial reasons. These are not given separate entries in EBALL. Instead, they aretreated for what they are, that is, reprints. Occasionally genuine reprints aresupplemented with extra material such as biographical and/or historiographicalintroductions, critical commentaries, and whatever else. Such reprints are usuallylisted in separate entries in EBALL.

Sometimes it is not possible to make sure if, say, two identically-titled journal articlesby one and the same author are also identical in contents. In such cases, they may belisted in separate entries, and perhaps merged at a later date.

Theses and dissertations that undergo major revision before publication are enteredin two separate entries, i.e. as an unpublished thesis as well as a published book, asthese can be seen as two different editions of one and the same work. When a thesisis published without any major revision, it is normally the published version that getsan entry, while details about the unpublished thesis (date, university, degree) is givenin the annotations to that entry.

Manuscripts, drafts, works-in-progress, conference handouts are rarely enteredinto EBALL, though exceptions are plenty. The main rule of thumb is accessibility.Anything listed in EBALL should be available for inspection, at least ideally. Whilewidely circulated drafts may be entered, non-circulated drafts are normally not.

What appears in unique entries, and what does not, is ultimately an idiosyncraticjudgement made by whoever is the bibliographer.


EBALLJournal Article(= EndNote’s Journal Article)

Book(= EndNote’s Book)

Book Section(= EndNote’s Book Section)

Edited Book(= EndNote’s Edited Book)

Author Author Author EditorYear Year Year YearTitle Title Title Title— — Editor(s) —Journal Series Title Book Title Series TitleCity/Publisher City City CitySeries/Edit Info Publisher Publisher PublisherVolume Volume(s) Volume Volume(s)Issue, Date — — —Pages Pages Pages PagesSeries Title — Series Title —Theme issue Edit Info Edit Info Book Edit Info— ISBN — ISBNPeripheralia Peripheralia Peripheralia PeripheraliaKeywords Keywords Keywords KeywordsNotes Notes Notes NotesURL URL URL URL

Table 4. Reference types and fields used in EBALL.

Only reference types and fields listed in table 4 are used in EBALL. (Note that “—” indicatesnon-used fields in any given reference type.) Underlined fields have been specially customisedfor EBALL and deviate significantly from EndNote’s default. They are explained in the text.

3.2.1.3 EBALL’s reference types

EndNote offers several pre-defined reference types (e.g. Journal Article, Book,Thesis, etc.). In EBALL, only a handful of these are utilised, in particular, “Journalarticle”, “Book”, “Book section”, “Edited book”, “Unpublished”, 9 “ComputerProgram”, and “Map”. Some of these have slightly specialised definitions in EBALL,which is explained further below. This may not seem like a sophisticated solution,but it is a practical one. There is, for instance, no point in distinguishing journalarticles from magazine and newspaper articles. In EBALL, these all appear as journalarticles.

Moreover, many of the pre-defined fields offered by EndNote have been not beenused in EBALL; only a subset. 10 Moreover, the ones that are used include a few that

9 Note that EBALL’s “Unpublished” is a redefinition of EndNote’s “Thesis”, which means thatall unpublished materials appear as theses in non-customised versions of EndNote, at least up to andincluding EndNote 5. It may correspond to something else in later versions.10 For optimal screen utilisation, unused fields can be deleted, as otherwise there will be an

annoying amount of empty fields cluttering the screen any time an EBALL entry is accessed. (Thispertains only to those, of course, who do not intend to use EndNote for anything besides EBALL.)


ENDNOTEUnpublished(= EndNote’s Thesis)

Comp. Program(= EndNote’s Computer Program)

Map(= EndNote’s Map)

Corresponding fieldsin EndNote’s Genericreference type

Author Creator Cartographer %A = AuthorYear Year Year %D = YearTitle Title Title %T = Title— — — %E = Sec. AuthorCollection — — %B = Sec. TitleCity City City %C = PlaceInstitution Publisher Publisher %I = PublisherVolume(s) — — %V = Volume— — — %6 = NumberPages — — %P = Pages— — — %S = Tert. TitleEdit Info Edit Info Edit Info %7 = EditionISBN ISBN ISBN %@ = ISBN/ISSNPeripheralia Peripheralia Peripheralia %3 = Custom 3Keywords Keywords Keywords %K = KeywordsNotes Notes Notes %O = NotesURL URL URL %U = URL

(Table 4 cont.)

have been re-defined and customised. Table 4 gives an overview of the referencetypes and fields used in EBALL, as well as some of the customised changes. Thefields that are underlined in table 4 and given special attention in in the text.

3.2.1.4 Abbreviations, initialisms and acronyms

In general, abbreviations and acronyms are avoided, unless they appear in actualtitles. Names of publishers and serials are not abbreviated, though some abbreviationsmay appear in their names.

However, a few common words and phrases can be abbreviated. Acceptable abbre-viations include, for instance, “pt.” for part(s), partie(s), parte(s), etc., “v.” forvolume, volume, etc., “vols” for its plural counterpart, “n.” for number, numero,Nummer, etc., “p.” or “pp” for pages (irrespective of language), “Ltd” for Limited (incorporate names), “Co.” for Company (in corporate names), “H.M.” for His/HerMajesty, “ISBN” for International Standard Book Number.


In a few entries, the author field contains an abbreviated corporate name, such as SIL,TUKI, UNESCO, UNIN, etc. In such entries, the full spelled-out name appears in thepublisher field. (See more on corporate names further below.)

Other acceptable abbreviations occur in connection with certain publishers’ names,and are discussed further below (under comments for the publishers field).

Publishers and journals commonly referred to with acronyms (e.g. SOAS, JALL,SUGIA) are spelt out and entered in their full form. In need be, any abbreviation oracronym is added in parentheses.

Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT)Inst. de Investigação Científica Tropical (IICT)Journal of the Linguistic Association of Nigeria (JOLAN)Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA)

In some cases, the reverse strategy has been chosen. That is, a widely used acronymis appended with a parenthesised full name.

AVT (Algemene Vereniging voor Taalwetenschap) PublicationsBull. de l’IFAN (Inst. Fondamentale de l’Afrique Noire)Cahiers de linguistique de l’UQAM (Univ. du Québec à Montréal)UNISWA (Univ. of Swaziland) research journal

A small number of exceptions do exist, however. In particular, serial titles containing“UNESCO” have typically been left unexplained.

The UNESCO courierUNESCO educational studies and documents

The terms list for journal and serial titles include all necessary details about whichserial names to spell out and those few that need not be. The main rule of thumb isconsistency, meaning that one and the same title should always be entered in aconsistent way.

A small number of unexplained abbreviations will always be unavoidable sincesufficient explanatory data has not always been available. There are also a few caseswhere a former abbreviation or acronym has subsequently become the actual name ofan institution, publisher, etc., as in the case with SIL International. “SIL” used to bean acronym standing for Summer Institute of Linguistics, but is no longer used assuch. Instead, “SIL” has become the actual name. 11

3.2.1.5 The use of periods in acronyms, abbreviations and initials

As a general rule, acronyms and abbreviations are written without periods, whileinitials are always written with periods.

Hence UNESCO is written “UNESCO”, not “U.N.E.S.C.O.”. This applies also toabbreviated names of nations and states, e.g. MA (not “Mass.”), UK (not “U.K.),USSR (not “U.S.S.R.”), etc., as well as abbreviated names of degrees/theses, e.g. MA(not “M.A.”), PhD (not “Ph.D.”), and so on.

11 Cfr SIL’s website at ‹www.sil.org›.


Periods are used with all initials, be they personal names or publishers’ names, e.g.“J.L. van Schaik”. Periods are also used with a handful common abbreviations suchas “Co.” and “H.M.” (= “His/Her Majesty”).

When two initials stand next to each other, the space is deleted. Hence the initials inthe publisher name J.C. Juta are written “J.C.” without a space, not “J. C.”.

3.2.1.6 Special characters and formatting

As a general rule, all text is entered in ASCII form. This means that strings of textsare stripped of “strange” diacritics, characters and formatting. Ligatures such ‹æ, Æ›are written ‹ae, Ae›, and so on. Texts originally written in non-Roman scripts (Greek,Cyrillic, Chinese, etc.) are Romanised and/or simplified. Where necessary, specifi-cations about “strange” scripts, characters and formatting are made in the notes field.

One notable exception to the above concerns the so-called click signs (e.g. ‹/, //, ≠,!›), common in some southern African languages. These are not Romanised. Forindexing purposes, they are treated as additions to the standard Roman alphabet andhence alphabetised separately, specifically at the beginning of an index.

In general, all text entered into EBALL is stripped of any formatting, e.g. italics andbold-print. The only exception is the occasional occurrence of underlining, which isused to simulate italics. The main reason for this is that italics looks bad on a screen.At least for the current bibliographer, underlining is less stressing for the eyes whenworking with a computer screen for long hours. When compiling bibliographies byexporting data from EBALL to a word processor, underlining can easily besearch/replaced for italics. (The use of underlining is discussed where appropriatebelow.)

3.2.2 GENERAL COMMENTS ON REFERENCE TYPES

The following paragraphs contain general comments on the reference types that areused in EBALL. EndNote provides many more than the below, but only the onesmentioned here are used in EBALL.

Note also that many of the comments in the next section (about individual fields) mayalso be relevant for specific reference types.

3.2.2.1 Journal article

The reference type “Journal article” is used for journal articles, magazine articles,newspaper articles, and most encyclopaedia articles. The common denominator forthese is that neither a specific publisher nor an editor needs to be noted.

There are several instances of customisation with regard to journal article entries inEBALL, all of which are discussed further below. For instance, one of EndNote’soriginal fields (“Publisher”) has been given a new name and definition (“Series/Editinfo”).


3.2.2.2 Book & Edited book

The reference types “Book” and “Edited book” are used for books, pamphlets,essays, reports, etc., as long as they can be considered properly published. Usuallythis entails having a specific ISBN number.

While different editions of the same work are customarily given separate entries,reprints are not unless there is some specific reason to do so (such as a reprint withcommentary, new supplements, or the like).

3.2.2.3 Book section

The reference type “Book section” is used for chapters in books, including mostencyclopaedia articles, especially when it is important (for whatever reason) tospecify an editor and/or publisher. Otherwise, encyclopaedia articles can be enteredas journal articles.

Occasionally a supplement to a given book is written by someone else than the authorof the book itself. These are entered as book sections. Technically, they are thustreated as if they had been chapters in an anthology. This has the unfortunate effect ofmaking the book’s author appear as an editor. The word “supplement”, “appendix”,or equivalent, may be added into the title field.

3.2.2.4 Unpublished

The reference type “Unpublished” is used for anything unpublished. This is arguablya wide assortment of works, and includes theses and dissertations as well asmanuscripts, drafts, conference handouts, unpublished government reports, etc. 12

3.2.2.5 Computer program

The reference type “Computer program” is used for computer programs as well asCD-ROMs and other multimedia products (inclusing films and movies). 13 It makesno difference for EBALL if the product is published or not. Hence the would-bepublisher field has been re-named institution instead.

3.2.2.6 Map

The reference type “Map” is used for loose fold-out maps only. Atlases, map booksor maps that appear as supplements to books are entered as either “Book” or “Booksection”.

12 Note that in EBALL, anything with an ISBN is regarded as published and therefore entered asa book, rather than unpublished. This applies also to dissertations with ISBNs.13 EndNote has a ready-made reference type for multimedia prodcuts, but this is ignored in

EBALL, for the sake of simplicity.


3.2.3 COMMENTS ON SPECIFIC FIELDS

In the present section, the comments on specific fields apply to all reference typesalike unless stated otherwise.

3.2.3.1 Author, Editor, Creator, Cartographer, etc.

Names of authors and editors are entered in the order [ family_name, given_name ].

Abbink, Jon

Multiple authors are listed on separate lines in the order they are given on thebibliographical item itself.

Vossen, RainerKeuthmann, Klaus

If all authors/editors are not known, the word “others” is entered on the last line.

Ajulo, Sunday Babalolaothers

The Latinate “et al.” is never used.

One person, one name. In EBALL, any given individual (author, editor, etc.) isalways referred to with one single, consistent name form, irrespective of how his/hername may or may not appear on actual publications. For instance, while theinitialised form “A.D. Smith” may appear on one publication, another publication bythe same author may say “Arthur Donaldson Smith”. In EBALL, only one of theseforms in used, preferably the one with the least amount of initials.

The same principle applies also to individuals who, for whatever reason, chose tochange their name (or spelling thereof) at some point in their lives, e.g. due tomarriage, religious conversion, or something else.

Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]Harford [Perez], Carolyn

Some authors are regularly known by a pseudonym rather than their birth names. Insuch cases, the real name (if known) has been added in parentheses.

Mühlbach, Luise (Klara Mundt)Pasha, Emin (Eduard Schnitzer)

In order to simplify the finding of preferred name forms, EBALL’s terms list forauthor and editor names contains a multitude of referral items such as the following:

Aboubakar = Abubakar, AbdulhamidAngenot = Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]Delacour = Smith-Delacour, E.W.George, Isaac = Madugu, Isaac S. GeorgeMundt, Klara = Mühlbach, Luise (Klara Mundt)Perez = Harford [Perez], CarolynSchnitzer, Eduard = Pasha, Emin (Eduard Schnitzer)Sparrman, Andrew = Sparrman, AndersWarnlof = Wärnlöf, Christofer


It is advisable to always pick author/editor names from the designated terms list,instead of typing it in. (When a name is missing, it is simply added to the list forfuture reference.)

There should be no exceptions to the one-person-one-name principle. By sticking tothe one-person-one-name principle, it is generally possible to keep the duplication ofentries at a minimum. It also greatly facilitates the searching of works by any givenauthor/editor.

Family names, last names, given names, first names, and their syntax. In theWest, personal names are usually written in the order [ given_name family_name ]without a comma, or, with a comma, [ family_name, given_name ]. This standard isobviously not universal. Chinese names, for instance, are normally written in theorder [ family_name given_name ] without a comma. In EBALL, names are bydefault entered in a European syntax. This is due to a quirk of the EndNote programitself, which sorts the bibliographical entries according to whatever name it interpretsas a family name, which amounts to the last constituent in a string of several namesor, if there is a comma, every constituent that precedes the comma. This means thatnames that are normally written in the order [ family_name given_name ] will needan extra comma, since otherwise they would be sorted according to the given name.Hence Chinese (and a few other) names are entered into EBALL as follows:

Chen, Su-ICheng, Chin-ChuanCheng, Lisa

An alternative solution is to append the entire name with a comma, which has theeffect of treating the whole name as a single unit.

Ibn Battûta, 14

Zheng He,

In EBALL, this is used only for names of historical persons.

It is not always self-evident from a string of names which part is to be regarded as afamily name. That this is a problem is evident from the fact that some/many authorsare confusingly referred to by either constituent of their full names. This concerns, inparticular, Ethiopian names which normally lack family names altogether (cfrKebreab 2007). For instance, the Ethiopian author Aklilu Yilma can be found listedin bibliographies as “Aklilu, Yilma” as well as “Yilma, Aklilu”. This variation mayeven occur in publications by the author him/herself (cfr the reference lists in Aklilu2001 and Aklilu & Siebert 2002).

The order used on actual publications are not always helpful as editors/publishers canchose to override individual authors’ preferences, or be ignorant about them. Theauthors themselves may even chose to write their names differently at different times.

As far as EBALL is concerned, it is not an absolute imperative to be correct about theorder of names. As long as one and the same individual consistently appears with asingle name form, changes and corrections are easily performed at any stage.

In principle, all names are entered into EBALL following the European standard, i.e.[ family_name, given_name ] (note the comma). This means that some names (e.g.Chinese and Ethiopian ones) have to be re-interpreted in order to fit this paradigm.

14 Note that the terminal comma is automatically deleted in printouts.


Potentially problematic names are accompanied by referral items in the appropriateterms list, such as:

Yilma = Aklilu, Yilma

Names normally written in non-Roman scripts (e.g. Arabic, Amharic, Cyrillic,Japanese, Chinese) need to be entered in romanised forms. It is not necessary to stickto one universal transliteration principle for all names, as long as the name of anygiven individual is entered in a consistent way. The terms list for authors/editorsinclude frequent help for choosing preferred forms:

Cheng = Zheng He,Oxotina = Okhotina, Natalya VeniaminovnaZholkovsky = Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich

These may, of course, be changed at any time.

Medieval Arab names. The names of medieval Arabs are entered in their commonshort forms, as they appear in the second edition of Encyclopaedia of Islam. 15

Al-Idrîsî,Al-Ya‘qûbî,Ibn Battûta,Ibn Hawqal,

Thus Ibn Battûta is found in EBALL as “Ibn Battûta”, not as “Shams al-Dîn Abû‘Abd Allâh Muhammad ibn ‘Abd Allâh ibn Muhammad Ibrâhîm ibn Muhammad ibnIbrâhîm ibn Yûsuf al-Lawâtî al-Tandjî ibn Battûta”.

Initials are to be avoided. First or given names are written in full. Initials shouldthus always be spelled out, even if they are not so on actual publications.

Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine LwandleTurvey, Basil Henry CapesWarmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van

If initials must be used, these are dotted and written without any spaces.

Bache, P.-E.Gabatshwane, S.M.Jackson, A.O.Taha, T.A.M.

If neither the full first/given name(s) nor any initial(s) are known, a square-bracketedquestion mark is used instead.

François, [?] vonLorch, [?]Roquette, [?] de la

Complex family (last) names. In general, complex family names are alphabetisedaccording to the last item.

Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e

Thus Maria Emília de Castro e Almeida is alphabetised as “Almeida”, not “Castro eAlmeida”. Exceptions are many, however, especially where hyphenated last names

15 In EBALL, “Al”-commencing (medieval) Arab names such as “Al-Idrîsî” are alphabetisedunder “Al”, not “Idrîsî”. In Encyclopaedia of Islam, they are alphabetised under the name proper, inthis case “Idrîsî”.


are concerned and where any given author is regularly known by a compound lastname.

Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther

All exceptions are accompanied by referral items in the terms list for authors/editors.

Dakubu = Kropp Dakubu, Mary EstherLojenga = Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance]Szlenk = Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona

In cases of uncertainty, it is always advisable to alphabetise according to the lastconstituent of a complex last name.

Prepositions and other small items. Last names that contain prepositions, conjunc-tions, articles, and other such “little words”, are alphabetised according to the nameproper.

Antonio, Philippe Terranuova d’Guennec-Copens, Françoise leWaarden, Catrien van

Exceptions include names where the little word in question is, or at least seems to be,a morphologically integral part of the name, or where the short form of a medievalArab name includes either “Al” or “Ibn”.

Al-Istakhri,Delafosse, MauriceDelaporte, Pacifique HenriIbn Khaldûn,Laporte, Joseph de [Abbé]

As a general help, the appropriate terms list includes many relevant referral items.

Fosse = Delafosse, MauriceIstakhri = Al-Istakhri,Khaldun = Ibn Khaldûn,Porte = Delaporte, Pacifique HenriPorte = Laporte, Joseph de [Abbé]

Titles. Some authors, especially in older literature, are often referred to with titles,e.g. “Réverend Père G. Hulstaert”, “Captain Stigand”, and so on. Titles are includedin square brackets as the last item(s) of the whole name. Abbreviations are acceptablehere.

Cameron, Vernon Lovett [Lieut.]Crowther, Samuel Ajayi [Bishop]Hulstaert, Gustaaf [R.P.]Oyler, D.S. [Mrs]Petherick, John [Consul]Pfeil, Joachim von [Graf]Stigand, Chauncey Hugh [Maj.]

Ttles ought to be used sparingly, preferably only when a given name (or its initials) isnot available.

Otto, [Brother]Pierce, [Prof.]

(Note that, when a title is used, the square-bracketed question mark standing for amissing first name or initial is omitted; see above.)


The inclusion of titles has not been consistent in EBALL. While many (especiallynineteenth-century) authors appear with titles, most do not, even though rules ofconsistency would dictate otherwise.

Anonymous works. If an author/editor name is not available, the reference is listedas an anonymous work.

[Anon.]

Note the obligatory use of square brackets in “[Anon.]”.

Occasionally, the ‘hidden’ authors of anonymous works are in fact known, in whichcase the work in question is credited to the known author(s), irrespective of whetheror not any personal names appear on the actual bibliographical item. However, acomment like “Published without author’s name” should then be added in theannotations or notes field.

Corporate or institutional authors are normally abbreviated and enclosed in squarebrackets. 16

[BAKITA][CEEBA][SIL][TUKI][UNESCO][UNFPA][UNIN]

The full name is then entered into the publisher field. In general, however, corporateauthors should be avoided. Instead, such references should be entered as anonymousworks.

Translators and editors. Translators and/or editors are never entered as main namesif an author or original compiler is available. For instance, while the Englishtranslation of Vetralla’s Congo grammar of 1659 is sometimes credited to the editor,H. Grattan Guiness, it appears in EBALL under the name of its original author,Hiacinto Brusciotto de Vetralla. Similarly, H.A.R. Gibb’s English translation of IbnBattûta’s 1358-travelogue is sometimes credited to Gibb, while in EBALL it iscredited to Ibn Battûta.

3.2.3.2 Year

The insertion of dates of publication (years) is fairly straightforward and need only afew comments.

Date ranges and multiple dates (in the case of, for instance, multi-volume works) areusually entered with slashes, e.g. “1919/22” (= 1919-1922) and “1669/1916”. Incases where the centuries match (as in the first example), the digits for centuries neednot be repeated in the second date. Hyphens may be used if the work in question hasbeen published in several instalments over a longer range of years, e.g. “1919-1947”.When in doubt, use a slash.

16 The reason for the square brackets is simply to make sure that all entries with corporateauthors appear in the same place in the bibliography when alphabetised.


Usually reprinted books are dated with their original publication dates, the majorexceptions being reprints in which the content has been revised or modified in somesignificant way, for instance, by added commentaries or lengthy introductions.Occasionally, a double-date consisting of the original date and the reprint date can beused. For example, a publication titled Reports from select committees on petitions ofthe court of directors of the Sierra Leone Company and the Company of Merchantstrading to Africa comprises official documents dating from 1804-1817. The publi-cation in which they are included, however, dates from 1968. The latter date (i.e. thetechnically correct publication date) would seem inappropriate since all the textsincluded in the publication date from the early nineteenth century. Hence in EBALL,the date has been entered as “1804-1817/1968”.

1804-1817/1968

Dates preceding the year 1000 are entered with up to three prefixed 0’s (zeroes),e.g. “0990”, not “990”. Thus the date is always composed of (at least) four digits.

0840s09900947/56

Dates preceding the year 0 are entered as “0000” (four zeroes). This is due to thefact that EndNote cannot recognise negative dates. This concerns, for instance,Herodotus’s Istoria, for which the date 420 BC would be closer to the actual date ofcomposition. In cases like these, the correct date is instead given in the notes field.

Uncertain or unknown dates are specified as far as possible. Lower case x’s areused to replace digits not known.

1xxx188x19xx200x

Other variants can also be used, though should be so sparingly.

1270s1988?

3.2.3.3 Title

Titles are normally entered as they appear on the bibliographical items. Hence theymay contain any number of obscure and obsolete spellings, typographical errors, etc.However, there are a handful exceptions to this professed faithfullness. Most non-ASCII characters are ASCII:ised. This also means ignoring most text-formatting suchas italics, bold face, etc. The only text formatting that is used in the title field isunderlining, which is used instead of italics.

The tone of the conditional particle ka in NamaThe concept of pulaaku mirrored in Fulfulde proverbs of the Gombe dialect

Titles that appear in languages other than English, French, German, Spanish, Italian,and Portuguese are appended with a translation in English. The original title and itsEnglish translation are separated by an equal sign.

Kitâb al-jughrâfiyâ = The book of geographyUrefu wa irabu katika Kisumbwa = Vowel length in Kisumbwa


If the bibliographical item is a so-called letter-to-the-editors, or similar blurb-ishcontribution appearing in a specific section or department of a journal, the relevantsection heading may be added to the title field.

Letters to the editor: the spelling of KenyaCorrespondence to the editor: shouting and non-shouting languages

Individual parts in a series of journal articles are, whenever possible, distinguished bytheir subtitles.

Linguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 1: SwahiliLinguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 2: ShambalaLinguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 3: Namwezi

If such subtitles are lacking, relevant details should then be added in square brackets.

A look at phonological aspects of concord in Xhosa [pt. 1]A look at phonological aspects of concord in Xhosa [pt. 2]

The bibliographer can in fact add any comment to titles or journal articles (as well asbook sections) as long as the additions are enclosed by square brackets.

The early study of the Nilotic languages of the Sudan 1821-1900 [pt. 1;translated by Paul E.H. Hair and Roland C. Stevenson]

The origin of Berber noun prefixes [translated by C.L. Patterson and T.F.Mitchell]

Journal d’un voyage de traite en Guinée, à Cayenne et aux Antilles fait parJean Barbot en 1678-1679 [présenté, publié, et annoté par Gabriel Debien,Marcel Delafosse, et Guy Thilmans]

Alternatively, such comments can be added into the notes field. The difference is thatwhen details are added in the title field, they will also appear in outtakes (unless thenotes field is included, which it seldom is).

A map’s scale is normally entered into the title field in brackets (irrespective ofwhether or not the scale is part of the actual title):

Carte routière et touristique 957: Côte d’Ivoire (1:800,000)Nigeria (1:900,000)Togo: carte routière et touristique (1:500,000)

(Alternatively, the scale may be entered into the edit info field.)

If a part of the title is lacking, the missing bits are represented by three dots insquare brackets, i.e. “[...]”.

Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammarof the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia

If a translation is known, but not the original-language version, then the translation ispreceded by three dots (representing the unknown original title) and an equal sign.

... = The classification of Russian and Swahili consonant phonemes

If the entire title is unknown, three dots only are used.

...

Missing titles should always be accompanied by annotations and explanations in thenotes field, e.g. “Original title unknown”, “Written in Russian”, and so on.


Sometimes manuscripts and drafts do not have any titles, in which case an ad hoc titleneeds to be given to it, preferably one that is as descriptive as possible.

3.2.3.4 Edit info

The edit info field contains information about particulars regarding book editions,such as “2nd edition”, “3rd edition”, and so on. The edit info field also containsinformation about secondary contributors, translators, etc. It is, in fact, a veryheterogenous field, as the following examples show:

2nd edition

6th edition

New (2nd) edition, supplemented with a biographical sketch of the author byJ. Conder

Translated from the original Italian manuscript by Mrs J. Randolph Clay

Aus dem swedischen übersetzt von Christian Heinrich Groskurd, undherausgegeben von Georg Forster

With a foreword by Joseph H. Greenberg

Faithfully translated from the French original

New and cheaper edition, thoroughly revised throughout

Ideally, the phrases are entered exactly as they appear on actual bibliographical items,with perhaps some typographical modifications. (Note also that no period is used atthe end of the edit info field.)

Note that an uncustomised version of EndNote offers different fields for editors andtranslators. This is ignored in EBALL. Instead, all relevant information pertaining tothe details of any given edition or translation is added into the edit info field. Thismay sometimes create what appears to be cumbersome entries, but such occasions arefew, and spreading the information into several fields is unnecessary.

In the case of unpublished works, the edit info field contains information about typeof work, e.g. “PhD thesis”, “DLitt thesis”, “Thèse de doctorat de troisième cycle”,“Manuscript”, “Typescript”, “Conference handout”, etc.

In general, thesis degrees are entered in full, together with their common abbreviatedform, with the exception of degree titles involving “Ph” or “Phil” (Philosophy), “Ed”(Education), “Litt” (Literature), “BA” (Bachelor of Arts), and “MA” (Master ofArts), which are sufficiently universally used and understood in order not to requirebeing explained.

Diplôme d’études supérieures (DES)DMiss (Doctor of Missiology) thesisMArch (Master of Architecture) thesisPhD thesisProefskrif (MEd)Thèse de diplôme d’études approfondies (DEA)

Note also that the exact name of any given degree (e.g. “PhD” vs “DPhil”) may differfrom one place (country, university) and time to another.


Manuscripts held by a library or archive usually have unique shelf, tag or referencenumbers. These, too, are entered into the edit info field, usually preceded by the tag“ref.”.

AuthorCory, Hans [Koritschoner]

Year1939

TitleGlossary of Haya medical terms, Bukoba 1939: English-Haya & Kihaya-English

InstitutionHans Cory Collection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library

Pages11, 13

Edit InfoUnpublished typescript, ref. EAF CORY 94

3.2.3.5 Edit info book (Book section)

The field named “edit info book” (in the reference type Book section) pertains to theedited book, not to the book section. Hence any information in this field, e.g.“Second edition”, applies to the whole book.

Corresponding information pertaining to the book section itself is included in the titlefield, preferable in square brackets. 17

AuthorWhiteley, Wilfred Howell

Year1969

TitleSwahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog = Swahili: Tanzania’s national language

Editor(s)Svendsen, Knud ErikTeisen, Merete

Book titleTanzania vil selv: en samling artikler og taler

CityKøbenhavn

PublisherMellemfolkeligt Samvirke

Pages122-131

Edit Info Book2nd edition

17 See the discussion above about the title field in journal articles.


Hence in the above example, “second edition” refers to the whole book, notnecessarily a revised version of the chapter (book section). That information wouldappear in the title field.

3.2.3.6 Journal (Journal article)

Names of journal and serials are entered in their contemporary phrasings. Thusanachronisms are avoided (with four exceptions discussed further below). Forinstance, references to articles appearing in the first volume of the journal commonlyknown as Bantu studies should not be entered with that journal title but Bantu studiesand general South African anthropology, since that is the actual title on the earliestissues. The shorter and more widely-known title appeared only later. (Even later thejournal changed name to African studies.)

As a bibliographer’s aid, the terms list for journal and serial titles includes severalitems like the following:

Bantu studies [1921-1926] = Bantu studies and general South African anthropologyBantu studies [1927-1941] = Bantu studiesBantu studies [1942-9999] = African studies

(Beware that many reference lists and bibliographies do not use contemporary titles.In particular, they tend to avoid obsolete titles, and use modern titles even in contextswhere they are clearly anachronistic.)

Some journal and serial titles are multilingual. These appear in EBALL as follows:

Papers in Dagara studies/Cahiers d’études dagara/Dagara yele sebe

Multilingual titles are always accompanied by appropriate referral items in the termslists, such as the following:

Gur monographs = Monographies voltaïques / Gur monographs

Note also that the terms list for journal and serial titles includes a variety ofinformation types.

Africa [Washington DC]Cahiers du LACITO (Langues et Civilisations à Tradition Orale)Works in progress (English Department, Ahmadu Bello Univ.)Occasional papers in linguistics (OPiL) [Dar es Salaam]Working papers in linguistics [Honolulu]

In the above examples, some bits of information appears in ordinary brackets, whileother bits appear in square brackets. The bits in ordinary brackets are part of theactual titles and belong in the journal field, while information in square brackets ismeant to be moved into some other field, usually the city or series/edit info fields (forwhich see further below). For instance, what in the terms list appears as:

Working papers in linguistics [Honolulu]

is meant to be entered as follows:

JournalWorking papers in linguistics

CityHonolulu


The information between in square brackets needs to be manually moved into the cityfield. This may seem like a cumbersome process, but pays off in the long run as itensures a minimum of confusing and/or faulty reference details.

Four exceptions. There are four exceptions to the above principle of always usingcontemporary titles, viz. Archiv orientálni, Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde,Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen, and Rendiconti della Reale Accademia deiLincei.

The first journal in question started out as Archiv orientálni in 1933 and it has hadthat title ever since, with the exception of a handful issues published during 1943-44,which were titled Archivum orientale pragense. After that, the original title wasreinstated. In EBALL, the title Archiv orientálni is used for all issues, even the onespublished during 1943-1944.

The journal Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde 18 appeared as such for the firsteleven volumes. For some obscure reason, the next following volume bore the titleMitteilungen zur Kulturkunde, and the volume number was printed as 1, seemingly inan attempt to start anew. However, the next volume was again titled Paideuma:Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde and the volume number given as 13. Thus volume 1 ofMitteilungen zur Kulturkunde can, for all practical purposes, be regarded as thewould-be volume 12 of Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde. In EBALL, thelatter title is used also for Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde.

The above two examples concern two marginal and obscure titles which are ignoredin EBALL. As for the the next two journals, common short titles are used in additionto contemporary longer titles.

The journal Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen has not always had that title.However, it was for long referred to as such (sometimes Petermanns Mitteilungen),even before it became its formal title. For convenience, the widely used Petermannsgeographische Mitteilungen is used consistently in EBALL, though with the correctcontemporary title appended in brackets, as in Petermanns geographische Mittei-lungen (Dr A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt).The terms list for journal and serial titles gives all necessary details regarding whattitle to use and when.

Petermann [1855-1878] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen(Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt über wichtigeneue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie)

Petermann [1879-1937] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Dr A.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt)

Petermann [1938-9999] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen

Note that the part which is to be used is that which follows the equation sign.

The Italian journal most often referred to as Rendiconti della Reale Accademia deiLincei has gone through numerous title changes over the years. In this particular case,however, the contemporary title is used while the commonly used generic title isgiven in parentheses, e.g. Transunti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei (Rendiconti

18 The subtitle is always used for this journal in order to distinguish it from Paideuma: a journaldevoted to Ezra Pound scholarship. For similar reasons, the subtitles are also used in many otherjournal titles.


della Reale Accademia dei Lincei). Again, the terms list for journal titles gives fulldetails regarding what titles to use.

Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1870-1873] = Atti dellaAccademia Nazionale dei Lincei (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia deiLincei)

Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1873-1877] = Atti dellaAccademia Nazionale dei Lincei, classe di scienze morali, storiche efilologiche (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei) [2a serie]

Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1877-1884] = Transunti dellaReale Accademia dei Lincei (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei)[3a serie]

Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1884-1891] = Rendiconti dellaReale Accademia dei Lincei [4a serie]

Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1892-1924] = Rendiconti dellaAccademia Nazionale dei Lincei, classe di scienze morali, storiche efilologiche (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei) [5a serie]


Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1939-1942] = Atti della RealeAccademia d’Italia/Rendiconti della classe di scienze morali e storiche(Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei) [7a serie]



Again, the part which is to be used is that which follows the equation sign, and isplaced in the journal field. The last part in square brackets (“9a serie”, etc.) is placedin the series/edit info field.

JournalRendiconti della Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, classe di scienze morali,storiche e filologiche (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei)

Series/Edit info9a serie

Note thus that any information given in ordinary brackets are kept in the journal field,while information appended in square brackets is to be placed in the series/edit infofield.

Some commonly occuring words in names of journals and serials may be shortened.These include:

Abh. AbhandlungenBibl. Bibliothèque, Bibliotheek, Bibliothek, Biblioteca, Bibliotheca, etc.Bol. Boletim, BoletínBoll. BollettinoBull. BulletinComm. Communication(s)Dept. Department, Departamento, DepartementDépt. Département


Doc. Document(s)Fac. Faculty, Faculté, Faculdade, FacoltàInst. Institute, Institution, Institut, Instituto, Instituut, etc.Ist. IstitutoMiss.-Ges. MissionsgesellchaftMitt. Mitt(h)eilung(en)Pubbl. PubblicazioniPubl. Publication(s), Publication(es), Publicaçõe(s), Publicación(es), etc.Soc. Society, Société(s), Sociedade(s), Sociedad(es), Societa(s), etc.Suppl. Supplement(s), Supplément(s)Tijds. TijdschriftTyds. TydskrifUniv. University, Université, Universität, Universiteit, Universidade, etc.Verh. Verhandlungen, Verhandelungen, VerhandelingenVeröff. Veröffentlichung(en)Zeits. Zeitschrift

Others may be added to this list, but should be so sparingly.

3.2.3.7 Series/edit info (Journal article)

The series/edit info field is a customised field. In un-customised versions of EndNotethis will appear as publisher. The reasons for adding this in EBALL is to have aspecific field for information like “second series”, “neue Folge”, etc.

Quite often a journal may restart the volume numbering from scratch, without anytitle change. Commonly, this is accompanied by added details like “second series”,“third series”, etc. For instance, Bulletin de la Société de Géographie de Paris, whichstarted in 1822, started a new series of volume numbering in 1834, which thenbecame known as the second series (or, “2ème série”). Later, in 1844, they did thisagain, which then became the third series (“3ème série”), and so on. In the terms list,this appears as follows:

Bull. de la SGP [1822-1833] = Bull. de la Société de Géographie de Paris

Bull. de la SGP [1834-1843] = Bull. de la Société de Géographie de Paris[2ème série]






In the above examples, the journal title is that which appears after the equation sign.The title itself is placed in the journal field, while the square bracketed informationfollowing the title, e.g. “5ème série”, goes into the series/edit info field. Thus anEBALL entry for an article published in that journal anytime between the years 1861and 1870 would look like the following:


JournalBull. de la Société de Géographie de Paris

Series/Edit Info5ème série

This entails some extra manual work, but in the long run, it helps to ensure a mini-mum of ambiguous and/or erroneous reference details in EBALL.

In case of encyclopaedia articles, the series/edit info field is used for information like“second edition”, etc. For instance, an Encyclopaedia britannica-article would beentered as follows:

AuthorGreenberg, Joseph Harold

Year1969

TitleAfrican languages

JournalEncyclopaedia britannica

Series/Edit Info14th edition

Volume1

Pages312-314

3.2.3.8 Series title (Book, Edited book)

The series title field contains names of monograph series. As with journal titles,these, too, are entered in contemporary phrasings, thereby avoiding anachronistictitles.

Occasional papers from the British MuseumOccasional papers from the Rhodes-Livingstone Museum, new seriesPubl. from the Makerere Univ. LibraryWorking papers from Cornell Phonetics Laboratory

The volume number pertaining to the serial is appended to the serial name itself.

Occasional papers from the Inst. of African Studies (IAS), #4Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5Trends in linguistics: studies and monographs, #156

Note that the volume number is preceded by a hash mark, i.e. “#”. Abbreviations like“vol.”, “Bd’, “Nr”, etc., are avoided, especially for monograph serials.

Whenever a serial title contains the name of the publisher or originating institution,then it need not be repeated in the publisher field.

Series TitleOccasional papers from the Inst. of African Studies (IAS), #21


City

PublisherUniv. of Ibadan

In the above example, the publisher appears as “Univ. of Ibadan” instead of thefull(er) “Inst. of African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Ibadan”. Since the Institute’s nameis part of the serial title, it need not appear again in the publisher field. This meansthat in some cases, the publisher field can be left completely empty. 19

If the publisher’s name needs to be included in the publisher field, it is then generallybetter to shorten the serial title to just “Occasional papers”.

If the bibiliographical item in question constitutes a supplement to or special issue ofa journal, then the journal title is underlined and preceded “Special issue of” or“Suppl. to”. The volume numbers are preceded by “v.” (the hash mark is not usedhere).

Suppl. to Zeits. für romanische PhilologieSuppl. 1 to South African journal of African languages, v. 7Special issue of American anthropologist, v. 66, n. 6, pt. 2

Note also that the English-language “Suppl. to” and “Special issue of” are usedirrespective of the whether or not it is an English-language journal. (For practicalreasons, English appears as the default language for the whole bibliography.)

3.2.3.9 Collection (Unpublished)

Several libraries and/or archives around the world host manuscript collections such as“The Hans Cory Collection” (Dar es Salaam), “The E.O.J. Westphal Papers” (CapeTown), and so on. When entering a reference to a paper appearing in such collections,the name of the collection is, in most cases, entered into the collection field.

AuthorWestphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes

Year19xx

TitleNot all Bushmen are Bushmen

CollectionThe E.O.J. Westphal papers

InstitutionRare Documents and Manuscripts Dept., Univ. of Cape Town

Alternatively, the name of the collection can be added into the institution fieldtogether with the name of the institution.

InstitutionHans Cory Collection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library

19 The same applied to the city field, which can be left empty if the relevant place name appearsin the publisher’s name, as it does in University of Ibadan, Cambridge University Press, etc.


Sometimes dissertations are pre-published through institutional serials before anactual publication. In EBALL such items are entered as unpublished, while the nameof the serial is put into the collection field.

AuthorSands, Bonny [Eva]

Year1995

TitleEvaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships: the caseof Khoisan

CollectionUCLA (Univ. of California, Los Angeles) dissertations inlinguistics, #14

CityLos Angeles

Institution

Edit InfoPhD thesis

Note that while it is being distributed via a department serial, it is nonetheless enteredinto EBALL as an unpublished item. 20

3.2.3.10 Series title (Journal article)

Some journals appear as special issues of monograph series. For instance, Tervuren’sAfricana linguistica is issued through the series Annales du Musée Royal de l’AfriqueCentrale. This means that each volume carries two serial titles, each with its ownvolume number. Thus the 11th volume of Africana linguistica is also the 142ndvolume of Annales du Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. Articles appearing in Afri-cana linguistica can be handled in two ways. They can be entered as either journalarticles or book sections.

For example, one and the same reference can be entered either as jorunal article:

AuthorHadermann, Pascale

Year1994

TitleAspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les languesbantoues

JournalAfricana linguistica

20 Note also that the institution field has been left empty in the example immediately above,since the name of the institution, i.e. University of California at Los Angeles, already appears in theserial title.


Volume11

Pages79-91

Series TitleAnn. du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale), scienceshumaines, #142

Or, as a book section: 21

AuthorHadermann, Pascale

Year1994

TitleAspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les languesbantoues

Editor

Book TitleAfricana linguistica XI

Volume

CityTervuren

Publisher

Pages79-91

Series TitleAnn. du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale), scienceshumaines, #142

If the reference is entered as a book section, the volume number pertaining to thejournal can be entered either in the title field as part of the title, i.e. “Africanalinguistica XI” (as above), or in the volume field as “v. 11”. 22

The important thing is that there is a consistency in the choice, so that all articlesfrom Africana linguistica, or any given journal, are entered in the same way.

3.2.3.11 Volume (not Journal article)

For all reference types except journal articles, the volume field includes details aboutmulti-part works. Commonly, this is a figure indicating the total number of parts.

5 vols3 parts

21 If available, the name of an editor should be added.22 Note that the volume number pertaining to the monograph series is always entered into the

series title field together with the series title.


4 deele4 Bde6 tomos

When individual parts of a multi-part work are listed in separate entries, the data inthe volume field will look like “v. 1”, “v. 2”, etc. However, the field may also be leftempty. If the individual parts bear subtitles, the volume number will instead appear inthe title field together with the subtitle.

TitleChadic lexical roots, 2: documentation

(Alternatively, all parts may be entered into one single entry with subtitles specifiedin the notes field.)

Note that the volume field accepts a whole range of common abbreviations, such as“vols”, “v.”, “Bde”, etc. 23

When it comes to book sections, the volume field pertains to the whole edited book,not the book section as such. Thus if an article appears in, say, the second volume ofa multi-volume work, this field would include the string “v. 2”. If a book chapter ispart of a whole series of book chapters, e.g. “Swahili phonology [pt. 1]”, “Swahiliphonology [pt. 2]”, and so on, the strings “pt.1” and “pt. 2” appear in the title field,never the volume field.

3.2.3.12 Volume (Journal article)

As for journal articles, the volume field accepts volume numbers, occasionally follo-wed by additional information (specified below).

Some journals designate volume numbers with Roman numerals. This is ignored inEBALL. Instead, all volume (and issue) numbers are written with Arabic numerals,e.g. “XXII” is always re-written “22”. This facilitates much bibliography work, sincethere is then no need to spend any extra time trying to find out which type of numeralany given journal uses. It is also important for the general maintenance of thebibliography as it makes sorting operations much easier (which is discussed furtherbelow).

Occasionally a journal employs two simultaneous volume numbering systems. Forinstance, the first volume of Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaftappeared 1847. It kept appearing regularly with one annual volume until its 75thvolume in 1921. The year following that, it started anew, as a new series (“neueFolge”) with volume numbers re-starting from 1. In addition, however, the oldvolume numbering was continued alongside the new one. Hence volume 1 of the newseries can also be referred to as volume 76 of the old series. 24 In EBALL, suchinstances are written as follows:

JournalZeits. der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft

23 Note that “volume” is abbreviated “v.”, not “vol.”. Somewhat inconsistently, however, theplural “volumes” is always abbreviated “vols”.24 This is one of several reasons why one and the same journal article can appear with different

reference details in different bibliographies.


Series/Edit Infoneue Folge

Volume11 [86]

In this case, both volume numbers are entered into the volume field, with prioritygiven to the new(er) volume number. The old(er) volume number is added in squarebrackets.

Some articles appear in supplements to regular journal volumes. Unless these utilise aseparate volume numbering system,25 the strings “suppl.”, “Beiheft”, “Beilage”, etc.,with or without a special supplement number, is entered into the volume fieldtogether with the regular journal’s volume number. For instance, the journal SouthAfrican journal of African languages often publishes supplements. These are referredto simply as “suppl. 1 of v. 14”, “suppl. 1 of vol. 15”, etc. In EBALL, this is entred asfollows:

JournalSouth African journal of African languages

Volume15, suppl. 1

Note that “suppl.” (or anything like it) is never entered into the issue/date field.

Some journals do not use volume numbers at all. Instead they use the year or possiblya date. This information is not entered into the volume field, but the issue/date field(for which see immediately below). 26

3.2.3.13 Issue/date (Journal article)

The issue/date field commonly contains information about issue numbers, which issometimes a vital piece of information. Pagination is normally consecutive pervolume, i.e. while issue 1 starts on page 1, issue 2 starts on, say, page 134. However,some journals utilise separate paginations per individual issue, i.e. all issues start onpage 1. This is the case with Afroasiatic linguistics, amongst others. For this reasonalone, it is important to add the issue number, at least for those journal that do not useconsecutive pagination within a single volume.

It may also be useful for purely practical reasons to note the issue number, as journalissues are not always bound into volumes.

The issue/date field may also include publications dates, when these need to bespecified, especially if no volume number is avalaible. In such cases, the volume fieldis left empty, as in the following example:

AuthorGorges, E.H.

25 As is the case with the supplementary issues of the Tokyo-based journal African studymonographs. In such cases, the word/phrase “supplementary issue” (or “supplement”, whatever thecase may be) goes into the seried/edit info field.26 Dates, rather than volume numbers, are usually preferred for newspaper articles.


Year1904

TitleThe Masai

JournalEast African standard

Volume

Issue/Date23 July 1904

Pages3

(Note that the year appears in both the issue/date field and the year field.)

3.2.3.14 Pages, Pagination

Page ranges are entered in full and appear as, say, “122-127”, not as “122-7”. Wheredetails are lacking, the alternative “122ff” is acceptable. Separate non-consecutivepaginations, which is common in many books, reports, etc., are given with commas,as in “iii, 177”, not with plus-signs as in “iii+177”.

xxxi, 291xix, 413, platesxvi, 505, 8 maps

The abbreviations “p” or “pp” are never included in the pagination field.

Multi-volume works require the use of semi-colons, e.g. “212; 355”.

355; 222xvi, 222; ix, 335

If the pagination of the second volume continues the pagination of the first, this isentered as follows:

xxxi, 917; ix, [918]-1949

Note especially the use of square brackets and the position of the hyphen. The lattermay not be logically correct, but is visually more pleasing than “[918-]1949”.

3.2.3.15 Theme issue (Journal article)

Commonly specific journal issues (sometimes whole volumes) are devoted to someparticular theme, in which case they often carry an additional issue-specific title. Forinstance, the 38th volume of the journal General linguistics was devoted entirely toessays in memory of Edgar Polomé. It was guest-edited by Bridget Drinka and DerekNurse, and carried the additional title ‘African language and culture in historicalperspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polomé’. In order to record this piece ofinformation, a special theme issue field has been created in EBALL. Hence an articleappearing in that volume would be entered into EBALL as follows:


AuthorBatibo, Herman M.

Year1998

TitleThe Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the case of Setswana

JournalGeneral linguistics

Volume38

Issue/Date1/4

Pages189-198

Theme Issue‘African language and culture in historical perspective: essays in memoryof Edgar C. Polomé’, edited by Bridget Drinka and Derek Nurse

Note that the information in the theme issue field is restricted to title (in singlequotes) followed by the name of the guest-editors. (Note also that there is no periodat the end.)

3.2.3.16 City, Place of publication

Place of publication is always entered in the form appropriate for the time-period inwhich the bibliographical item appeared. This means that, for instance, “Salisbury” isused instead of “Harare” for publications pre-dating 1980.

As a general rule, place names are entered as they appear on the bibliographical item.For instance, while “The Hague” appears on English publications, “La Haye” is usedon French publications, “Der Haag” on Dutch publications, and so on.

Den HaagDer HaagLa HayaLa Haye’s-GravenhageThe Hague

Place names are thus not individualised as are personal names.

Latin forms are normally used on Latin-language publications, e.g. “Francofurti” forFrankfurt-am-Main, “Helsingforsiae” for Helsinki, “Lipsiae” for Leipzig, “LugduniBatavorum” for Leiden. However, English name forms may also be used for Latinentries.

Multiple place names are separated with commas and an ampersand.

New York, London & Sydney

Commas and ampersands are used even when the different place names are due tomultiple publishers (on which, see further below).


Place names with specifications. Lesser-known place names commonly need to beappended with a geographical specification. This specification is usually a countryname in parentheses or a non-parenthesized abbreviation signifying a US state or theUK.

Bryn Mawr PAFolkestone UKGroenkloof (Suid-Afrika)Guéckédou (Guinea)Maidenhead UKPiggs Peak (Swaziland)Umeå (Sweden)

The two-letter abbreviations used for US states are the so-called zip codes. Countrynames are unabbreviated and placed in parentheses, with the main exception of“UK”, which is here treated as a US zip code.

Sometimes a specification needs to be added in order to disambiguate two (or more)identically-named places. That way Athens, the capital of Greece, will not beconfused with Athens in Ohio, nor Athens in Georgia.

AthensAthens GAAthens OHDurham NCDurham NHDurham UK

Note that not every identically-named place name needs a specification. When“Athens” refers to the capital of Greece, no specification is needed as this is taken tobe the default interpretation, while all other Athens’s require a specification.Similarly, while Cambridge in the UK does not require any specification, Cambridgein Massachusetts does.

CambridgeCambridge MA

The city field for journal articles is sometimes needed since a place name can oftenbe very useful for properly identifying a journal, either because of its obscurity orbecause it has a generic title that needs to be distinguished. 27

Many journals can easily be distinguished by adding subtitles. However, subtitles arenot always available. Hence some other piece of information, e.g. place ofpublication, is required for disambiguation. The terms list for journals and serialsincludes much information about place of publication, where such has been deemednecessary.

Africa [Osaka]Africa [Tunis]Africa [Washington DC]Africa Inst. bull. [Pretoria]Deutsche Revue: eine Monatschrift [Stuttgart]Harper’s new monthly magazine [New York]Nchi yetu [Dar es Salaam]Pan-African journal [Nairobi]Ugo [Enugu]

27 There are, for instance, more than twenty journals named “Africa”, many of which lackdistinguishing subtitles.


Note that when a journal title is picked from the terms list, any place namesappearing in square brackets has to be manually moved into the city field.

Note that the city field (for journal articles) does not appear in EndNote by default. Ithas to be manually specified in EndNote’s preferences under “Reference types...”.

3.2.3.17 Publisher

The data entered into the publisher field should, as far as possible, be identical to howit actually appears on the bibliographical item itself, meaning that contemporarynames and forms are preferred. Thus the modern name “Musée Royal de l’AfriqueCentrale (MRAC)” should not be used in entries requiring the older name “MuséeRoyal du Congo Belge (MRCB)”.

By default, publishers’ names are are always spelt out as much as possible (unlessdata is lacking for a proper spelling out). Widely-used acronyms and abbreviationsare given in parentheses.

Baraza la Kiswahili la Zanzibar (BAKIZA)Southern African Applied Linguistics Association (SAALA)

Alternatively, the spelled-out name may instead be given in parentheses.

SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft

However, a few commonly occuring words in publishers’ names may nonetheless beabbreviated. These include:

Ass. Association, Associação, Associazione, etc.Bibl. Bibliothèque, Bibliotheek, Bibliothek, Biblioteca, Bibliotheca, etc.Co. CompanyCorp. CorporationDept. Department, Departamento, DepartementDépt. DépartementEd. Editions, Ediciones, Edições, Editrice, EdizioneFac. Faculty, Faculté, Faculdade, FacoltàImpr. Imprimerie, Imprensa, Imprenta, ImpressãoInst. Institute, Institution, Institut, Instituto, Instituut, etc.Ist. IstitutoLibr. LibrairieLtd LimitedMin. Ministry, Ministère, Ministerio, MinisteroMiss.-Buchh. MissionsgesellchaftMiss.-Ges. MissionsgesellchaftPubl. Publisher(s), Publications, PublicaçõesSoc. Society, Société(s), Sociedade(s), Sociedad(es), Societa(s), etc.Uitg. Uitgewers ,Uitgewery, UitgeverijUniv. University, Université, Universität, Universiteit, Universidade, etc.

Other abbreviations may be added to this list, but should be so sparingly.

Ministries are specified with country names:

Min. do Ultramar, PortugalMin. degli Affari Esteri, ItaliaMin. of Education, Liberia


Multiple publishers are separated by semi-colons. 28

Equipe Nationale Zaïroise; Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique(ACCT); Centre Régional de Recherche et de Documentation sur les TraditionsOrales et pour le Développement des Langues Africaines (CERDOTOLA)

Initials in publisher’s names are spelled out as far as possible, though obviously thisis not always possible due to lack of data.

A.A. BalkemaAdam & Charles BlackErnest LerouxJ.A. BlairR.M. Bucke Memorial Society

Note that the terms list for publishers is sorted according to publishers’ main names(often a family or last name), which is not always the first constituent of a publisher’sfull corporate name. Hence “E.P. Dutton & Co.” is alphabetised under “Dutton”, notthe initials “E.P.”.

Balkema = A.A. BalkemaBlack = Adam & Charles BlackBlair = J.A. BlairBucke = R.M. Bucke Memorial SocietyHall = G.K. Hall & Co.Hall = Nelson-Hall Co.Hall = Prentice-HallLeroux = Ernest Leroux

The full name of the publisher appears after the equation sign. When picking apublisher’s name from the terms list, only the part appearing after the equation sign isto be used.

3.2.3.18 Institution (Unpublished)

The institution field in unpublished works corresponds, for all intents and purposes,to the publisher field in other reference types.

It contains two types of information: either the name of the institution where thedocument was initially produced (e.g. a university department in case of theses) orthe holder of a document or manuscript (usually a library or archive). These may beidentical, but are often not.

In case of rare manuscripts, the holder of the document is preferred if it is aninstitution, library, archive, or the like. If it is in the possession of an individual, thenit should be mentioned in the notes field instead, not the institution field.

If no information about a manuscript’s location is available, mention of that shouldbe made in the notes field, together with a specification of where the referenceoriginates.

3.2.3.19 ISBN

28 Note that semi-colons are not used to separate multiple place names in the place field (seesection immediately above).


All ISBNs are prefixed with either “ISBN” for 13-digit ISBNs or “ISBN-10” for thenow-obsolete 10-digit ISBNs. 29 The ISBNs may be appended with brief notationssuch as “hb” (hard back, hard cover, cased, etc.), “pb” (paper back, soft cover, etc.),“pdf”, “cassette”, and so on.

ISBN-10 0-19-864407-8ISBN 978-3-89645-068-5, ISBN-10 3-89645-068-9ISBN-10 0-415-26137-6 hb, 0-415-26138-4 pbISBN-10 952-10-0253-0 print, 952-10-0254-9 pdf

3.2.3.20 URL

The URL field is self-explanatory. It contains web-addresses for internet-accessibledocuments. There are, however, two things to keep in mind. Firstly, the web addressshould preferably go to a web page from where the document can be downloaded,and not be a direct link to the document itself. Secondly, the address should beentered without the “http://” part.

www.archive.org/details/comparativestudy01johnuoft

3.2.3.21 Peripheralia

This field is one of EBALL’s home-made fields, and needs to be manually specifiedunder “Reference types...”. It is used for brief references to so-called peripheralliterature, such as book reviews, rejoinders, published commentaries, supplements,etc. For instance, in the entry for Baptista’s The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole(2003), the following information appears in the peripheralia field:

Angela Bartens, Linguist (mailinglist), n. 14-1515 (2003); Fernanda Pratas,Journal of linguistics, v. 40 (2004), p. 660-666; Silvia Kouwenberg,Studies in language, v. 29 (2005), p. 255-259; Philippe Maurer, Journal ofPidgin and Creole languages, v. 21 (2006), p. 197-203

All references are to book reviews, which constitutes the most common type of dataentered into this field. The general format for book reviews in this field is:

AUTHOR, JOURNAL, v. VOLUMENUMBER (YEAR), p. PAGES

Individual references are listed chronologically and separated by semi-colons. Notealso that the journal title is underlined.

The peripheralia field may include references to much more than just book reviews.The formatting of these other types is as follows:

AUTHOR, “TITLE”, JOURNAL , v. VOLUMENUMBER (YEAR), p. PAGES

AUTHOR, “TITLE”, BOOKTITLE (EDITOR, PUBLISHER, YEAR), p. PAGES

AUTHOR, BOOKTITLE (PUBLISHER, YEAR)

29 As of January 2007, all 10-digit ISBNs were changed to 13-digit ISBNs, at least they weremeant to be. The rules for transforming a ISBN-10 to a ISBN-13 are fairly straightforward and arefully explained in, for instance, Guidelines for the implementation of 13-digit ISBNs (Anon. 2004)and the ISBN users’ manual (Anon. 2005).


For instance, in the entry for Malcolm Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu (1967/71), awhole range of assorted references can be found.

David Dalby, “Reflections on the classification of African languages, withspecial reference to the work of Sigismund Wilhelm Koelle and MalcolmGuthrie”, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p. 147-171; Eric H. Hamp,“On Bantu and comparison”, International journal of American linguistics,v. 36 (1970), p. 273-287; Michael Mann, “Guthrie’s linguistic terminologyand its application to Bemba”, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p.237-256; John C. Sharman, “Internal and external inconsistencies in MalcolmGuthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’ (I,1) and other works” (manuscript, 1970);John M. Stewart, “Onwards from Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu”, Transactionsof the Historical Society of Ghana, v. 12 (1971), p. 83-94; Theodora Bynon& Michael Mann, “Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction”, Africanlanguage studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 1-14; A.E. Meeussen, “‘ComparativeBantu’: test cases for method”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p.6-18; Patrick R. Bennett, “Identification, classification and Bantulinguistics”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 19-25; MichaelMann, “Sound-correspondences and sound-shifts”, African language studies,v. 14 (1973), p. 26-35; Hazel Carter, “Tonal data in ‘Comparative Bantu’”,African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 36-52; Derek Fivaz, Bantuclassificatory criteria towards a critical examination and comparison ofthe language taxonomies of Doke and Guthrie (Dept. of African Languages,Rhodes Univ., 1973); Magdalena Slavíková & Margaret Bryan, “‘ComparativeBantu’: the case of two Swahili dialects”, African language studies, v. 14(1973), p. 53-81; Alick Henrici, “Numerical classification of Bantulanguages”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 81-104; David Dalby,“The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’ (pt. 1)”,Journal of African history, v. 16 (1975), p. 481-501; Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig,Kratylos, v. 19 (1975), p. 1-11; David Dalby, “The prehistoricalimplications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’ (pt. 2)”, Journal of Africanhistory, v. 17 (1976), p. 1-27; H. Labaere, “Guthrie et la zone C:traduction et commentaire du point de vue otetela”, Ann. Aequatoria, v. 22(2001), p. 163-183; Jouni Filip Maho, “A classification of the Bantulanguages: an update of Guthrie’s referential system”, The Bantu languages(edited by Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson, Routledge, 2003), p. 639-651

Note again that the references are listed chronologically, separated by semi-colons,and with journal and book titles underlined. The use of square quotes for article titlesis necessary, as this makes unformatted text printouts easier to read (since in thosecases the underlining of journal and book titles disappear).

3.2.3.22 Keywords

All EBALL entries, without exception, are required to be indexed with search codes.These are entered into the keyword field and multiple search codes are separated bysemi-colons.

;waf;ghn;lng;phn;u.121; 30

Even though all search codes have been entered in lower case, they are not case-sensitive.

30 These particular search codes signify ‘Western Africa’, ‘Ghana’, ‘linguistics’, ‘phonology’,‘Akan’.


Three sets of search codes have been tailor-made for EBALL: 1) the language codes,2) the areal codes, 3) the general content codes, or, the rest. 31

The most important of these are the language codes. After all, EBALL is a linguist’sbibliography. Hence the largest amount of care has been taken, and should be takenby anyone working with EBALL, to make sure that these are employed asexhaustively and correctly as is humanly possible (which does not exclude thepossibility of errors and omissions).

The second most important set of codes are the areal codes. Ideally, every entryshould have a language code as well as an areal (country) code.

The third set of codes can, by and large, be assigned any way the bibliographer seesfit. The system of general content codes is fairly crude. For instance, while there is acode for ‘grammar’, there are none for ‘morphology’, ‘subordination’, ‘bracketingparadoxes’, etc. The system cannot be made too specific as that would only make theindexing process too demanding.

Choosing the appropriate search code(s) for any given entry can be a time-consumingprocess. In the ideal case, the bibliographer him/herself is familiar with the item inquestion (by having read it), and can thus index it according to his/her personalknowledge. However, the most common method is to interpret the titles. This is alsothe most practical method, although it is prone to many errors. Not all titles are asself-explanatory as Outline grammar of the Luganda language. 32 Titles of olderworks can be difficult to interpret, especially when they employ obscure names orspellings of languages, peoples, and/or places. Some can even be directly misleading,especially with regard to geographical names such as Soudan, Ethiopia, Guinée, etc.However, there are many good reference tools that can be consulted to avoid sucherrors. In particular, EBALL’s own terms lists can be used to good effect. Forinstance, the terms list for language names (glottonyms) include the followingsection:

Abbey (U.113)Abe ›› Abbey (U.113)Abeche (X.211)Abeele (X.512m)Abewa ›› Asu (T.741)Abi ›› Musgu (X.542a)Abialang ›› Dinka (V.113)Abidji (U.113)Abiem ›› Dinka (V.113)Abigar ›› Nuer (V.114)Abiliang ›› Dinka (V.113)Abini ›› Agwagwune (T.276)Abinsi ›› Kororofa (T.494)Abiri ›› Agwagwune (T.276)

In the terms list for language names, the language (or dialect) names are followed bytheir search codes in brackets. For instance, the line “Abbey (U.113)” means that thesearch code for Abbey (a language spoken in Côte d’Ivoire) is ‹u.113›. The searchcodes are not case sensitive.

31 The system of index values underlying the search codes are discusses in part II above, andthematic lists of all search codes appear in part IV.32 In fact, even seemingly self-explanatory titles can be misleading. For instance, grammar

books often contain substantial phonological sections, while dictionaries may contain substantialgrammar introductions, and so on.


The doubled angle-brackets indicate that the index value of the first item (the onepreceding the angle brackets) is contained within the index value of the second item(the one following the angle brackets) either because the first item is a variant nameof the second or it is a dialect lacking a specific code of its own. For instance, Abewais an alternate name for Asu and therefore shares its search code ‹t.741›. Abini is adialect of Agwagwune but lacks a code of its own, and hence needs to be searchedusing the search code for Agwagwune, i.e. ‹t.276›.

3.2.3.23 Notes

The notes field includes assorted comments and annotations, in fact anything thebibliographer may deem necessary to comment on, e.g. specification of contents,information about reprints, website addresses, notes about uncertainties, evaluativecomments, and so on.

Includes a Fanti vocabulary (apparently collected by some W. de Graft).Reprinted 1968 by Dawsons of Pall Mall (Colonial history series) in London;and 1970 by the Johnson Reprint (Landmarks in anthropology series) in NewYork.

Includes papers by A.J. Arnold, H.A. Bryden, T.E. Buckley, H.H. Johnston,F.C. Courtney, and others. Selous’s contribution apparently containssomething on Khoesan (cfr Levy 1968:15).

Draws a connection between Australian and Bantu languages. Unsure of thepublishing date. It’s either 1879, 1880 or 1881. The article itself isidentical to Clarke (1879).

This “consists chiefly of forms and words used in the formal part ofofficial letters and other documents. The book also includes informationabout the provinces and kingdoms with which the Mamluk chancellery was incorrespondence” (Levtzion & Hopkins 1981:252f).

Italics is not used in EBALL. Underlining is used instead. (This does not onlyconcern the notes field, but any field where italics might conceivably occur.) 33

In the notes field, an additional peculiarity occurs. Journal and book titles areunderlined as well as marked out with guillemets (or so-called French brackets), i.e.“«” and “»” .

Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks inanthropology series). An abridged edition (181 pp) appeared 1790 as«Anecdotes in travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts ofAfrica», published by Darton in London. A second edition was published in1796 by Robinson in London. Worth noting is a collection of “Fabricatedtravels” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant titled «New travels intothe interior parts of Africa by way of the Cape of Good Hope in the years1783, 1784 and 1785», a 3-volume work published 1796 in London.

The guillemets are used in order to ensure that journal and book titles remain easilydistinguished when doing direct-to-text-file outtakes, in which case all formatting,such as underlining, is lost. 34

33 For printouts, underlining can easily be searched-and-replaced with italics in any decent wordprocessor.34 The guillemets are not used for anything else except marking out journal and book titles in the

notes field. Hence, if desired, they can be searched-and-deleted without any major consequences.


3.3 Maintaining the data in EBALL

Much of the data in EBALL derives from secondary sources. By uncriticallyaccepting information in, say, a published reference list or bibliography, errors inthose sources will be transmitted also into EBALL. Many errors and inconsistenciescan be avoided by following strict principles when working with EBALL, inparticular by taking advantage of EBALL’s designated terms lists. Still, mistakes willcreep up and these need to be corrected. Luckily, however, there are several fairlysimple procedures that can be performed in order to ensure that the data in EBALLremains accurate and reliable. Below follows a few suggestion how to do exactlythat.

3.3.1 SELECTIVE OUTTAKES

One of the most common errors found in many reference lists and bibliographies isthe combination of wrong dates with wrong volume numbers when listing journalarticles. Another common error concerns faulty pagination for journal articles andbook sections, which often results in apparent overlapping paginations between twoor more articles appearing in one and the same anthology or journal issue.

An easy way to find such inconsistencies is to make selective outtakes. This entails(1) searching for all articles appearing in a given journal, or all chapters in a givenanthology, (2) sorting the recall according to date-volume-issue-pagination (in thatorder), and (3) making a printout of the data in those fields only. 35 The result will bea sorted list of articles or book sections in which inconsistent combinations of datesand volumes as well as overlapping paginations are easily detectable.

As a way illustrate the above-described procedure, if we were to perform it for allarticles appearing in the first three volumes of the journal Sprache und Geschichte inAfrika (SUGIA), we would get a sorted list looking like the following (with the fieldsbeing date-volume-pagination): 36

1979 1 7-201979 1 21-351979 1 37-541979 1 75-911979 1 93-1081979 1 109-1411979 1 175-2041979 1 205-2231979 2 7-1251980 2 127-1711980 2 173-1871980 2 189-2181980 2 219-3311981 3 7-161981 3 7-491981 3 51-78

35 This requires an output style including only those fields. See EndNote’s manual for detailsabout what output styles are and how to use them.36 Actually we would not, as this is a constructed example done only to illustrate a point.


1981 3 79-951981 3 97-1241981 3 125-1681981 3 169-2001981 3 210-2501981 3 251-3161981 3 317-356

In the above list, things that need to comments have been bold-printed. The first high-lighted line includes an erroneous date. It says 1979, but should be 1980. This isevident from the combinatrions of volumes and dates on the other lines.

The next two high-lighted lines entail an overlapping pagination. In this particularcase, the second line should read “17-49”, not “7-16”. However, sometimes it is noteasy to say which piece of information is the faulty one. The extreme way to handle,say, overlapping paginations is to delete the page information in both entries. Thatway some information is lost, true, but at least we have deleted an error.

The last two high-lighted lines indicate a missing page range. (There are two othersimilar lacking page ranges in the list above.) Pages 201-209 in the third volume ofSprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA) are not covered in the above list, whichmeans that there is no entry in EBALL that corresponds to the above page range.Either the contents of those pages has been intentionally left out from EBALL (itmight contain a bunch of ads), or it has simply been missed. 37

Similar selective outtakes can gainfully be made with many other types of infor-mation, too, such as monograph series and publisher, publisher and city (place ofpublication), etc. Searching for specific publishers and making a selective outtake ofthe publisher and city fields, erroneous and/or missing cities can easily be spotted.However, this works usually only with smaller publishers, and not so well with manyof the major international publishers.

3.3.2 TEMPORARY TERMS LISTS

Making temporary terms lists for various fields can be very helpful in detectingcertain errors. For instance, by making a temporary terms list for the publisher field(that is, one that is different from the one already provided in EBALL) many errorscan be spotted, such as spelling errors and erroneously entered data. For instance, anextract of such a list may turn out to look like:

Calgary Univ. PressCalifornia Inst. of Technology (CalTech)Cambridge Univ. PressCamel Graphicsxiv, 225

In this hypothetical example, information about pagination has been entered into thewrong field, and thus needs to be corrected. As a matter of fact, it is not unusual fordata to end up in the wrong field. Working manually with large databases almost

37 Obviously, the above exercise is only necessary when we lack access to indexes or tables ofcontents. There are also some limitations with this method. In particular, it requires many articlesfrom one and the same journal to have been entered into EBALL.


invariably results in such errors. Making temporary terms lists for all fields on aregular basis can thus be very helpful.

Temporary terms lists can also be used to find missing references, especially bookspublished in monograph series. If a temporary terms lists is made of the data in theseries field title (for all books and edited books), an extract might look like thefollowing:

Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #1Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #2Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #3Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #4Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #5Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #6Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #7Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #8Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #9Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #10Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #11Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #12Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #13Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #15Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #16Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #17Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #18Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #19Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #20Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #22Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #23Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #24Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #25Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #26Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #27Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #28Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #30Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #31

From the above extract, we can see that volumes 14, 21, and 29 are missing. Consi-dering the title of the monograph series, the missing volumes are likely such thatshould be included in a database like EBALL. In this way, temporary terms list canfruitfully be used as a strategy to aid the search for missing items.

3.3.3 KEEPING AN EYE OUT FOR DUPLICATES

It is almost impossible to avoid some amount of duplicate entries. Reasons for theirexistence are many.Most commonly they originate from one and the same workhaving been entered at two separate times, each time under a different form of agiven author’s or editor’s name.

Variant spelling is probably the most common source for duplicate entries. Forinstance, works by someone named Cassells may inadvertently be entered under“Kassells” as well as “Cassells”. Misjudged syntax of names is another commonsource for duplicates. For example, works by Paulian O. Alo may come to be enteredunder “Paulian O. Alo” as well as “O. Alo Paulian”. Some works may appear as“Anonymous” as well as under a specific author name.


One and the same book may appear under different author/editor names altogether.Works by multiple authors may come to be entered at different times with theauthors’ names appearing in different orders. For instance, the book Description duroyaume de Congo et des contrées environnantes may end up appearing thrice, onceunder the name of the editor/translator Willy Bal, and twice under the names of thetwo authors, Filippo Pigafetti and Duarte Lopes, having been entered as Pigafetti &Lopes as well as Lopes & Pigafetti.

Duplicates are not always easy to find, as they do not normally appear next to eachother in the database. However, by always picking author/editor names from theappropriate terms list, the number of duplicates can generally be kept low, although itwill not eliminate them entirely.

Assuming that at least the titles are identical, sorting the database according to titlewill help spotting many duplicates.

3.3.4 AVOIDING SPELLING ERRORS

Spelling errors are exceedingly difficult to catch in EBALL. This is due to the largeamount of languages represented by the entries. There are titles in, e.g., English,French, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Finnish, Swedish, German, Somali, Khoekhoe,Swahili, Hausa, and other languages. In addition, many titles contain linguisticexamples drawn from several African languages otherwise not used in writing. Manyentries refer to old publications that use obsolete and/or otherwise obscure spellings,so that what might at first glance appear as a spelling error (e.g. “Afric”) may in factnot be one. All this renders the use of automated spell-check programs virtuallypointless.

One relatively easy way to avoid or at least minimise the amount of spelling errors(in fields other than titles) is to consistently use the terms lists that appear in EBALL.If, say, journal titles and publisher’s names are always picked from the appropriateterms lists, at least those will always be correctly spelled.

3.4 Preparing a printout from EBALL

Data from EBALL can easily be exported into a word processor document, either tomake a stand-alone document or include it as a part of a research paper. When this isdone, the data needs to be filtered through what EndNote calls an output style. 38 Inshort, an output style specifies the syntax and the format of how information fromany given field (e.g. book title) is to appear in the output itself. In other words, anoutput style specifies how the database is transformed into a printed bibliography, byregulating how author names should appear, how titles are displayed, etc., etc.

EBALL has its own customised output style, which consists of bibliographical stylesheets for each of the reference types used in EBALL. This has been created in orderto ensure optimal outputs (printouts) based on how the data has been entered into

38 Details about what output styles are and how they can be manipulated is fully explained inEndNote’s own manual. Here only a few peculiarities pertaining to EBALL will be pointed out.


EBALL. Even though it can be modified in any number of ways, it is advisable to useit as given below.

In brief, the process of creating a printable bibliography from EBALL requires foureasy steps.

(1) chose entries for export (2) chose an output style (3) export data as an rtf-file (4) import the data into a word processor (5) perform a few minor tweakings (explained below)

The “minor tweakings” referred to in (5) comprise a handful easy search-and-replaceoperations explained in detail further below.

3.4.1 EBALL’S OUTPUT STYLES

EBALL’s output style consists of seven parts, one for each reference type used inEBALL. In slightly simplified form, they look as follows:

• EBALL’s output style: Journal Article 39

AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE. JOURNAL (CITY), SERIES/EDITINFO, v. VOLUMENUMBER,ISSUE/DATE (spec. theme: THEMEINFO), p. PAGES. (SERIESTITLE.)

Procedure: chose entries for export › chose output style › export data › importexported data to word processor › perform minor tweakings (explained below)

Output examples:

Baba, Ahmad Tela; Jauro, Sani. 1997. Remarks on Gunda performance amongthe Fulbe of Guddiri. Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 9 (spec. theme:‘Fulfulde-Studien / Fula studies’, edited by Rudolf Leger), p. 97-101.

Bancel, Pierre. 1991. The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44,Cameroon). Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley LinguisticsSociety, v. 17, suppl. (spec. theme: ‘Special session on African languagestructures’, edited by Kathleen Hubbard), p. 3-14.

Batibo, Herman M. 1991. The tone structure of the Sukuma nominal forms.Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 25 (spec. theme: ‘Lacustrine Bantuphonology’, edited by Francis X. Katamba), p. 31-54.

Bosch, Sonja E. 2001. Project on computational morphology (with specialreference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies. SouthAfrican journal of African languages, v. 15, suppl., p. 4-5.

39 Field names are given in small caps here. Everything else, i.e. strings of characters not insmall caps plus all punctuation marks (e.g. “Pp”, “In: ”, etc.), constitute parts of the layout itself.


Fikhman, B.S. 1963. Materialy po izucheniyi glagola v yazyke Khausa =Materials on the analysis of the verb in the Hausa language. Afrikanskiietnograficheskii sbornik, v. 5, p. 222-258. (Trudy Inst. Etnografii imeni N.N.Miklucho Maklaja, novaja serija, #76.)

Norlin, Kjell. 1989. A preliminary description of Cairo Arabic intonation ofstatements and questions. Quarterly progress and status report of the SpeechTransmission Laboratory (Stockholm), v. 30, 1, p. 47-49.

Okiwelu, Benedict O. 1999. La traduction des voix françaises en igbo:problèmes et solutions. Meta (Montréal), v. 44, 4, p. 650-660.

Pierce, [Prof.]. 1839. A vocabulary of the African captives. The New Englandreview, 21 September 1839.

Westermann, Diedrich. 1927. Das Nupe in Nigerien: seine Stellung innerhalbder Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 4). Mitteilungen des Seminars fürorientalische Sprachen, v. 30, III. Abt., p. 173-207.

• EBALL’s output style: Book

AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. SERIESTITLE. CITY: PUBLISHER. PpPAGES.


Output examples:

Africanus, [Joannes] Leo. 1600. A geographical historie of Africa, written inArabicke and Italian by Iohn Leo a More, born in Granada, and brought up inBarbarie. Translated and collected by John Pory. London: G. Bishop. Pp 420.

Hulstaert, Gustaaf [R.P.]. 1961. Grammaire du lomongo, I: la phonologie. Ann.du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale), sciences humaines, #39.Tervuren. Pp 176.

Ibn Battûta. 1958/71. The travels of Ibn Battuta, A.D. 1325-1354, 3 vols.Translated with revisions and notes by H.A.R. Gibb, from the Arabic text editedby C. Defrémery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Works issued by the Hakluyt Society,second series, #110+117+141. Cambridge: The Univ. Press. Pp xvii, 269; xii,[271]-537; xi, [539]-771.

Ikoro, Suanu M. 1996. The Kana language. CNWS (Research School of Asian,African and Amerindian Studies) publ., #40. State Univ. of Leiden. Pp 414.

Kamal, Yusuf [Prince]. 1926/51. Monumenta cartographica Africae et Aegypti,5 vols in 16 parts. Cairo: Self-published.

• EBALL’s output style: Edited Book


EDITOR; EDITOR2. (Ed.) YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. SERIESTITLE. CITY:PUBLISHER. Pp PAGES.


Output examples:

Blommaert, Jan. (Ed.) 1991. Swahili studies: essays in honour of Marcel vanSpaandonck. Gent: Academia Press. Pp 232.

Kritzinger, Matthys Stefanus Benjamin; Schoones, Pieter C.; Cronjé, U.J. (Ed.)1986. Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans. 13e uitgawe.Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp 1410.

Muzale, Henry R.T. (Ed.) 2004. Kamusi ya Lugha ya Alama ya Tanzania (LAT)/ Tanzanian Sign Language (TSL) dictionary. Toleo la pili / 2nd edition. LoT(Languages of Tanzania) publ., lexicon series, #2. Dept. of Foreign Languagesand Linguistics, Univ. of Dar es Salaam. Pp xxii, 249.

Rottland, Franz; Vossen, Rainer. (Ed.) 1986. African hunter-gatherers:proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin,January 1985, 2 vols. Special issue of Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika(SUGIA), v. 7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 457; 465.

Xirsi Saciid, Warsame; Oomaar Cabduraxmaan, C. (Ed.) 1993. QaamuusIngiriisi-Soomaali / English-Somali dictionary: advanced level. London &Muqdisho: Haan Associates. Pp 272.

• EBALL’s output style: Book Section

AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE. In: BOOKTITLE, VOLUME(S), p. PAGES. EDITINFOBOOK. Ed.by EDITOR(S). SERIESTITLE. CITY: PUBLISHER.


Output examples:

Abboud, Peter. 1970. Spoken Arabic. In: Current trends in linguistics, 6:linguistics in south-west Asia and northern Africa, p. 439-466. Ed. by ThomasAlbert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Delafosse, Maurice; Caquot, André. 1952. Les langues du Soudan et de laGuinée. In: Les langues du monde, p. 737-845. Nouvelle édition. Ed. by AntoineMeillet & Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique(CNRS).

Hodge, Carleton Taylor. 1976. Lisramic (Afroasiatic): an overview. In: The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia, p. 43-65. Ed. by Marvin Lionel Bender.Monographs from the Committee on Ethiopian Studies, occasional papers series,#5. East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State Univ.


Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. Standard versus colloquial developments in the Hererolanguage. In: Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 197-214. Ed. byIstván Fodor & Claude Hagège. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Whiteley, Wilfred Howell. 1969. Swahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog = Swahili:Tanzania’s national language. In: Tanzania vil selv: en samling artikler og taler,p. 122-131. 2nd edition. Ed. by Knud Erik Svendsen & Merete Teisen.København: Mellemfolkeligt Samvirke.

• EBALL’s output style: Unpublished

AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. COLLECTION. CITY: INSTITUTION. PpPAGES.


Output examples:

Adam, Hussein Mohamed. 1968. A nation in search for a script: the problem ofestablishing a national orthography for Somali. MA thesis. Kampala: MakerereUniv. Pp 182.

Cory, Hans [Koritschoner]. 19xx. Vocabulary of English words translated intoKiswahili and Kinguu. Unpublished typescript, ref. EAF CORY 425. Hans CoryCollection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library. Pp 10.

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1918-1972. Unpublished field data, incl. grammar andvocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages. Manuscripts and notes in 32boxes, ref. GB 0102 PP MS 27. School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS),Univ. of London.

• EBALL’s output style: Computer Program

PROGRAMMER; PROGRAMMER2. YEAR. TITLE, VERSION. EDITINFO. CITY: INSTITUTION.


Output examples:

Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1996. Bantu MapMaker, version 3.0. Univ.of California at Berkeley & State University of Leiden.

Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1997. Bantu MapMaker, version 3.1. Univ.of California at Berkeley & State University of Leiden.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1995. Bantu MapMaker, version 1.0. State Univ. ofLeiden.


Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Lowe, John B. 1995. Bantu MapMaker, version 1.1. StateUniv. of Leiden & Univ. of California at Berkeley.

Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Elias, P.S.E. 1989. AINI: a morphological parser forKiswahili, version 1.3. Dept. of African Languages, State Univ. of Leiden.

• EBALL’s output style: Map

CARTOGRAPHER; CARTOGRAPHER. YEAR. TITLE. EDITINFO. COLLECTION. CITY: INSTITUTION.


Output examples:

[Anon.] 1942. Tribal map and ethnographic map of Tanganyika Territory. Dares Salaam: Dept. of Lands and Mines, Tanganyika.

[Anon.] 1952. Tanganyika Territory: tribal and ethnographic map. New edition,revised. Dar es Salaam: Dept. of Lands and Mines, Tanganyika.

[Anon.] 1977. Togo: carte routière et touristique (1:500,000). Edité par le Min.de l’Environnement et du Tourisme, Togo. Paris: Inst. Géographique National(IGN).

[Anon.] 1985. Map 3158: Namibia (1:1,000,000). New York: United Nations(UN).

[Anon.] 1996. Carte routière et touristique 953: Afrique nord et ouest(1:4,000,000). 19ème édition. Paris: Pneu Michelin.

Mbazira, J.K. 1958. Map of tribes of Kenya, sub-tribes of Kikuyu, Embu andMeru. Entebbe: Lands and Survey Dept., Kenya.

Mercier, Paul. 1955. Cartes ethno-démographiques de l’Afrique occidentale:feuille 5. Dakar: Inst. Français de l’Afrique Noire (IFAN).

Stringall, Stephen C.; Wessel, Caroline Houle. 1996. Map 219: Malawi(1:900,000). Vancouver: Sojourn Cartographic Services for International TravelMaps, ITMB Publ.

3.4.2 A FEW NECESSARY TWEAKINGS

In order to achieve good-looking bibliographies, it is not enough to just export datafrom EBALL. Some amount of manual tweakings are necessary. These are all simpleprocedures.

The first tweaking that needs to be done is to search for all instances of underliningand replace them with italics. This is an easy search/replace procedure in any modernword processor.

Search for: Tweaking necessary:


(1) underlining replace with italics

Most EBALL outputs contain a smaller or larger amount of unnecessary strings ofcharacters. This is due to the simple fact that some EBALL entries contain emptyfields, i.e. data has not been entered into every available field. This will occasionallyresult in odd-looking outputs. For instance, in several entries the city field is empty,which would result in the following hypothetical output:

Smith, John. 2000. Languages of Africa. : ABC Publ.

In this case, searching for the string “ : ” (space-colon-space) and replacing it with “ ”(space) will suffice. There are, however, other such unwanted strings of charactersthat regularly pop up in EBALL outputs. These need to be manually tweaked.

Unwanted strings of characters: Tweaking necessary:

(2) “ ¶” (space-paragraph) replace with “¶” (paragraph)

(3) “. .¶” (period-space-period-par.) replace with “.¶” (period-paragraph)

(4) “ . ” (space-period-space) replace with “ ” (space)

(5) “ : ” (space-colon-space) replace with “ ” (space)

(6) “ , ” (space-comma-space) replace with “ ” (space)

(7) “ ” (space-space) replace with “ ” (space)

A further (possible) tweaking concerns the characters “«” and “»”, i.e. the so-calledguillemets. These are simply searched and deleted.


(8) “«” and “»” delete 40

(As guillemets are only used in the notes field, however, they would normally notshow up in outputs at all, but if the notes field has been included in an output, theymay or may not need to be deleted. The guillemets would probably not look so goodin printed bibliographies, but that is ultimately a matter of taste.)

In EBALL, all dates preceding the year 0 have been entered as “0000” (see furtherabove on this). The appropriate BC/BCE date can be found in the notes field.Moreover, all dates preceding the year 1000 appear with prefixed 0’s, as in “0100”and “0956” for the years 100 and 956, respectively. Dates like “0000” and “0956”have to be manually corrected when making a printout.


(9) 0000 replace with appropriate date 41

The working language of EBALL is English. Still, some amount of information hasbeen entered in a variety of other languages in specific fields, e.g. Swahili “Toleo lapili” (instead of the English phrase “Second edition”) appears occasionally in the editinfo field in Swahili-language entries. Since EBALL’s output styles are done in

40 This only needs to be done if the notes (annotations) field has been included in the output.41 While a search for the string “0000” will find all BC dates, AD dates with preceding 0’s (like

“0125”) can be found with the string “. 0” (period-space-zero).


English (containing phrases like “Edited by”, etc.), printouts of non-English refe-rences may end up looking odd.

Delafosse, Maurice; Caquot, André. 1952. Les langues du Soudan et de laGuinée. In: Les langues du monde, p. 737-845. Nouvelle édition. Edited byAntoine Meillet & Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la RechercheScientifique (CNRS).

In the above example, some field-specific information is in French, e.g. “Nouvelleédition”, while the output style used includes English phrases and words, specifically“Edited by” and “In:”. Hence the output has become a linguistic hybrid. At present,there is little that can be done about these kinds of consequences. They have to beeither endured or fixed manually.

3.4.3 CHANGES TO EBALL’S OUTPUT STYLES

It is not necessary to use the above-defined output styles. In fact, the various fieldsand the strings of characters in between them can be elaborated in any number ofways. The important thing to keep in mind is that in the database itself not every fieldin every entry contains data. Thus if changes are made to the above output styles, it isworthwhile spending some time trying to predict the effects of empty fields. 42 If theoutputs are small, a manual browsing may be sufficient to find any unwanted stringsof characters. Longer outputs are better handled if undesired effects have beenpredicted in advance, in which case they can be easily searched for.

All this said, any printout, whether or not they follow the customised output style(s)listed above, require minor or major tweakings. As a general rule of thumb, it isalways advisable to check any automatically generated outputs, whether they derivefrom EBALL or anywhere else.

42 The just-listed tweakings take care of all unwanted effects when EBALL’s output styles areused. If other output styles are chosen, the same tweakings are likely no longer useful.

PART IV

THEMATIC LISTS OF SEARCH CODES

All EBALL entries are indexed with search codes (see part II above). There are threesets of codes:

1) The language codes

These indicate what languages and/or language groupings the bibliographicalitem deals with, e.g. Swahili, Portuguese, Arabic, Nilotic, Khoesan, etc.

2) The areal codes

These codes have index values that refer to specific regions, such as ‘Sub-Saharan Africa’, ‘Eastern Africa’, ‘Tunisia’, ‘Lesotho’, and so on, withcountries being the smallest units.

3) The general content codes (i.e. other than A and B, or “the rest”)

This is a lump category of codes whose index values does not refer to languageor area. They intend somehow to characterise the contents of the bibliographicalitem in question in terms of subject dealt with (grammar, history, biography,etc.) and/or type of item (film, thesis, festschrift, etc.).

The following pages contain thematic lists of all search codes. The search codes arenot case-sensitive. They are given in upper-case in the lists below for convenience ofpresentation only.


4.1 The language codes (set 1)

Most EBALL entries have been coded with a language code. The system of languagecodes is based on a classification of the Bantu languages originally devised byMalcolm Guthrie. In short, Guthriems classification has been expanded to include allAfrican languages. This is explained more fully in part II above.

A.: } BANTU LANGUAGESS.

T. BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGEST.0 Miscellaneous Benue-CongoT.1 Bantoid (excl. Bantu)T.2 Cross-RiverT.3 KainjiT.4 PlatoidT.5 IgboidT.6 IdomoidT.7 NupoidT.8 EdoidT.9 Defoid

U. NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGESU.0 Miscellanous Niger-CongoU.1 KwaU.2 GurU.3 KruU.4 UbangiU.5 AdamawaU.6 IjoidU.7 MandeU.8 AtlanticU.9 Kordofanian

V. NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGESV.1 East SudanicV.2 Kado/KadugliV.3 Koman, GumuzV.4 Central SudanicV.5 Maban, Foran, Berta, KunamaV.6 SaharanV.7 KuliakV.8 SongaiV.9 (not used)

W. KHOESAN LANGUAGESW.0 Miscellaneous KhoesanW.1 Ju (North Khoesan)W.2 Kwi, Tuu, !Ui-Taa (South Khoesan)W.3 Khwe (Central Khoesan)W.4 SandaweW.5 Hadza

X. AFROASIATIC LANGUAGESX.1 BerberX.2 SemiticX.3 CushiticX.4 OmoticX.5 ChadicX.6 Ancient Egyptian & Coptic

Y. OTHER LANGUAGESY.0 UnclassifiedY.1 AustronesianY.2 GermanicY.3 RomanceY.4 Various European/EurasianY.5 South Asian (Indian)Y.6 Asian, Oceanic, AustralianY.7 (not used)Y.8 (not used)Y.9 Sign languages

Z. “NEW” LANGUAGES IN AFRICAsee further below


Niger-Congo

Indoeuropean

4

6 7

8

2

Nilosaharan

Saharan

Songhai

Afroasiatic

Ju

Khwe

Kwi

Austronesian

living remnant languages

BeteKujargeNemadiImeraguenCen TuumLaalShaboOngotaSandaweHadza

3

5

1

10

9

JFM © 2005

“NILOSAHARAN”

“KHOESAN”

NIGER-CONGO

AFROASIATIC

OTHERS

12345678910

East ≠Hùã

Kuliak

MAJOR LANGUAGE GROUPINGS IN AFRICA


THE BANTU LANGUAGES (A-S)

Entries dealing with Bantu languages (and speakers thereof) have been coded withthe general Bantu code BNT as well as a language-specific code, such as, forinstance, A.75 for Fang. Tervuren’s J-Zone has been marked with a prefixed J., as inJ.D.51. The language-specific codes derive originally from Malcolm Guthrie’sComparative Bantu (1967/1971). Others derive from Maho (2003, 2008). Codenumbers that appear to be missing from the list below are not used (cfr Maho 2008).

A.101 OrokoA.11 — Londo (ba Nanga), LunduA.111 — NgoloA.112 — BimaA.113 — Lotanga, Dotanga, BatangaA.114 — Koko, Lokoko, BakokoA.115 — Londo ba DikoA.12 — Lue, Lolue, Balue, West KunduA.121 — MbongeA.122 — Kundu, Lokundu, BakunduA.123 — EkombeA.13 BalongA.14 BonkengA.141 Bafo, Lefo’, “Bafaw”A.15 Manenguba, MboA.151 Nkongho, Kinkwa, Upper Mbo

A.21 Bomboko, Mboko, WumbokoA.22 Kpe, Mokpwe, BakwiriA.221 Bobe, BubiaA.23 Su, Isu, Isubu, BimbiaA.231 Kole, BakolleA.24 DualaA.241 — BodimanA.25 — Oli, Ewodi, WuriA.26 — PongoA.261 — Mongo, MungoA.27 Limba, Mulimba, Malimba

A.31 Bobe, Bubi, EdiyaA.32 Batanga (cluster)A.32a — Banoo (at Londgi), Nohu, NokoA.32b — Bapoko (at Kribi), Puku, NakaA.32c — Batanga at FifindaA.33a YasaA.33b Kombe, NgumbiA.34 Benga


BC

AD

E

FGH

K

L

M

NP

S

R

JE

JD

JFM ' 2007

BANTU LANGUAGE ZONES


A.41/42 Lombi-BankonA.41 — Lombi, RombiA.42 — Bankon, AboA.43a Basaa, Mbene, MveleA.43b Bakoko, incl. North Kogo [A.43b], South Kogo [A.43c]A.44 Nen, Tunen, Banen, incl. Aling’a, Eling [A.441]A.45 Nyo’o, NyokonA.46 Mandi, Lemande, NumaandA.461 Bonek, Ponek, Otomb, TuotombA.462 Yambeta

A.501 HijukA.51 Fa’, Fak, BalomA.52 Kaalong, Mbong, DimbongA.53 Kpa, Rikpa’, BafiaA.54 Ngayaba, Djanti, Tibea

A.601 Ki, Tuki, incl. Ngoro [A.61], Bacenga [A.64]A.62 Central YambasaA.62a — YangbenA.62b — MmaalaA.62c — Nulibie, ElipA.621 NubacaA.622 Gunu, NugunuA.623 MbuleA.63 Mangisa, MengisaA.65 Bati

A.71 EtonA.72(a) Ewondo, YaundeA.72b — MveleA.72c — Bakja, BadjiaA.72d — YangafekA.73a BebeleA.73b Gbigbil, BebilA.74 Bulu-BeneA.74a — BuluA.74b — BeneA.75 Fang, PangweA.75a — NtumuA.75b — OkakA.75c — MakeA.75d — AtsiA.75e — Nzaman, ZamanA.75f — MvenyA.751 ? South-West Fang

A.801 Gyele, BagyeliA.802 Ukwedjo, UkhwejoA.803 Shiwa, Oshieba, OssyebaA.81 Mvumbo, Kwasio, NgumbaA.82 SoA.83 Makaa, South MakaaA.83a — BebendA.83b — MbwaanzA.83c — Shikunda, SekundaA.831 Byep, North MakaaA.832 Bekol, Kol, Bikele


A.84 NjemA.841 Bajue, BadweeA.842 KoonzimeA.85a Nkonabeeb, KonabemA.85b Bekwel, BakweleA.86a Mezime, MedjimeA.86b Mpompon, BomboA.86c Mpiemo, MbimuA.87 Bomwali, Sanghasangha

A.91 Kwakum, BakumA.92a PolA.92b PomoA.92c KwesoA.93 Kako, Kaka, Yaka

B.11 Myene clusterB.11a — MpongweB.11b — Rongo, OrunguB.11c — GalwaB.11d — Dyumba, AdjumbaB.11e — NkomiB.11f — Enenga

B.201 Ndasa, AndasaB.202 Sig(h)u, LisighuB.203 Sama, OsamayiB.204 NdambomoB.205 MetombolaB.21 Seki(yani), Bulu, ShekeB.211 Molengue, BalengueB.22 Kili, Kele, AkeleB.22a — West KeleB.22b — Ngom, Ungom(o)B.22c — BubiB.22d — TombidiB.22e — MwesaB.23 MbangweB.24 Wumbvu, WumvuB.25 Kota, IkotaB.251 Shake, AsakeB.252 Mahongwe

B.301 Viya, Gheviva, Eviya, AviasB.302 Himba(ka), Ghehimba(ka), Simba, (Nsindak?)B.303 Bongwe, Ebongwe, GhebongweB.304 Pinzi, Ghepinzi, ApindjiB.305 Vove, Ghevove, Pove, “Bubi”B.31 Tsogo, Ghetsogo, MitsogoB.32 Kande, Okande


B.401 BwisiB.402 Varama, BaramaB.403 Vungu, VumbuB.404 NgubiB.41 Shira, SiraB.411 BwaliB.42 Sangu, ShangoB.43 PunuB.44 Lumbu

B.501 Wanzi )B.502 Mwele )B.503 Vili, Ibhili )B.51 Duma, Adouma )B.52 Nzebi, Njabi )B.53 Tsaangi, Tsengi )

)B.601 Mpini )B.602 Kaning’i ) \B.603 Yangho, Yongho ) |B.61 Mbete, Mbere ) | (Forms a genealogical unit.)B.62 Mbaama, Mbamba ) |B.63 Nduumo, Mindumbu ) |

|B.701 Tsitsege, Latsitsege |B.71 Teghe, North Teke |B.71a — Keteghe, Tege-Kali |B.71b — Kateghe, Njining’i, Nzikini |B.72 North-East Teke |B.72a — Ngungwel, Ngungulu |B.72b — Mpumpu |B.73 West Teke ) |B.73a — Tsaayi ) |B.73b — Laali ) /B.73c — Yaa, Yaka )B.73d — Tee, Tyee, Kwe )B.74 Central TekeB.74a — Njyunjyu, NdzindziuB.74b — Boo, BomaB.75 Bali, incl. Teke, TioB.76 East TekeB.76a — MosienoB.76b — Ng’eeB.77a Kukwa, South TekeB.77b Fumu, South TekeB.78 Wuumu, Wumbu


B.81 Tiene, TendeB.82 Boma, BumaB.821 Mpe, KempeeB.822 NunuB.83 Mfinu, Funika, MfunungaB.84 Mpuono, Mpuun, (Mbuun?), (Mbunda?)B.85 Yans, YanziB.85a — Mbiem, West YansiB.85b — East YansB.85c — YeeiB.85d — Nsong, Tsong, Itsong, Ntsuo, “Songo”B.85e — Mpur, MputB.85f — TsambaanB.86 Di, Dinga, DzingB.861 Ngul, incl. NgwiB.862 Lwel, KelwerB.863 Mpiin, PindiB.864 West NgongoB.865 NzadiB.87 the same as B.84 Mpuono

C.101 Dibole, BaboleC.102/103 Ngando-KotaC.102 — NgandoC.103 — Kota, DikotaC.104 Yaka, Aka, incl. BabenzeleC.105 MbengaC.11 Ngondi, NgundiC.12 Pande-GongoC.12a — PandeC.12b — Bogongo, GongoC.13 MbatiC.14 Bomitaba, Mbomitaba, “Bamitaba”C.141 Enyele, InyeleC.142 BondongoC.143 Mbonzo, ImpfondoC.15 Bongili, BongiriC.16 Lobala, incl. Likoka, IbokoC.161 Bomboli, BombongoC.162 Bozaba

C.201 BwenyiC.21 Mboko, Mboxo, incl. Ngare [C.23]C.22 AkwaC.24 KoyoC.25 Mbos(h)iC.26 Kwala, LikwalaC.27 Kuba, Likuba


C.301 DokoC.302 Bolondo, BunduluC.31a Loi, incl LikilaC.31b NgiriC.31c Nunu, KenunuC.311 Maba(a)leC.312 Ndo(o)boC.313 LitokaC.314 BaloboC.315 Enga, Baenga-BolomboC.32 Bangi, incl. Liku, Moi, RebuC.321 Binza, LibinzaC.322 Dzamba, ZambaC.323 MpamaC.33 SengeleC.34 Sakata clusterC.34a — Sakata properC.34b — Djia, WadiaC.34c — Bai, KibayC.34d — Tuku, Ketu, BatowC.35a Ntomba, incl. Ntomba-BikoroC.35b BoliaC.35c Sakanyi, LotsakaniC.351 Mpombo, MbompoC.36 Losengo clusterC.36a — Poto, Pfoto, incl. YakataC.36b — Mpesa, LimpesaC.36c — MbudzaC.36d — Mangala, NgalaC.36e — BolokiC.36f — KanganaC.36g — NdoloC.36h — YamongeriC.37 Budza, BujaC.371 Tembo, MotemboC.372 KundaC.373 Gbuta, EgbutaC.374 Babale

C.401 PagibeteC.403 Kango, LikangoC.41 NgombeC.41a — Ngombe of the Congo RiverC.41b — Ngombe at Bosobolo, North NgombeC.41c — Ngombe at Libenge, North-West NgombeC.41d — Binza, East NgombeC.411 BombomaC.412 BamweC.413 DzandoC.414 LigendzaC.415 LikulaC.42 Bwela, Lingi


C.43 Benge-BaatiC.43a — BaatiC.43b — BengeC.43c — Boganga-BoyangaC.44 Bwa (cluster), Boa, incl. Ligbe, Yewu [C.402]C.441 Bango, Babango, South-West BwaC.45 Ngelima, AngbaC.45a — BeoC.45b — BuruC.45c — Tungu

C.501 LikileC.502 Linga, ElingaC.51 MbesaC.52 So, Soko, EsoC.53 Poke, Pfoke, Topoke, GesogoC.54 Lombo, TurumbuC.55 Kele, LokeleC.56 Foma

C.61 Mongo-Nkundo, Lomongo, LonkundoC.61a — BakutuC.61b — Bokote, incl. NgataC.61c — BooliC.61d — BosakaC.61e — Konda, Ekonda, incl. Bosanga-EkondaC.61f — EkotaC.61g — EmomaC.61h — Ikongo, incl. Lokalo-LomelaC.61i — IyembeC.61j — Lionje, Nsongo, NtombaC.61k — YamongoC.61l — Mbole, incl. Nkengo, Yenge, Yongo, Bosanga-Mbole, LwankambaC.61m — NkoleC.61n — South Mongo, incl. Bolongo, Belo, Panga, AcituC.61o — YailimaC.61p — Ngombe-Lomela, LongombeC.611 Bafoto (Batswa de l’Equateur)C.62 LaliaC.63 Ngando

C.701 LangaC.71 Tetela, incl. HambaC.72 Kusu, Fuluka, KongolaC.73 Nkutu, NkucuC.74 Yela, incl. Elembe, Lokalo-JwafaC.75 Kela, LembaC.76 Ombo

C.81 Dengese, NkutuC.82 Hendo, Lohendo, “Songomeno”C.83 Bushoong, KubaC.83a — Ngeende, NgendiC.83b — NgongoC.83c — Pyaang, Pianga, PiongC.83d — Shuwa, LoshooboC.84 LeleC.85 Wongo, Tukungo


D.11 MboleD.12 LengolaD.13 Metoko, MitukuD.14 Enya, Ena, GenyaD.14a — Enya at KisanganiD.14b — Enya at KongoloD.141 ? Zura, Zula

D.201 Liko, LikaD.21 Baali, South-East Bua (Bwa)D.211 Kango, DikangoD.22 Amba, Kwamba, RwambaD.23 Komo, KumuD.24 Songola, Songoora, North BinjaD.25 Lega-Mwenga, Lega-Ntara, IsileD.251 Lega-Malinga, Lega-Shabunda, incl. Kanu, KwamiD.26 Zimba, Nyangwe, South BinjaD.27 BangubanguD.28 HoloholoD.28a — West Holoholo (Congo-Kinshasa), Guha, KalangaD.28b — East Holoholo (Tanzania)D.281 ? Tumbwe, EtumbweD.282 ? Lumbwe

D.301 Kari, KareD.302 Guru, Boguru, KogoroD.303 Ngbinda, NgmindaD.304 HomaD.305 Nyanga-liD.306 Gbati-riD.307 MayekaD.308 Bodo (CAR)D.31 Bhele, Peri, PereD.311 Bila, Forest BiraD.312 KaikuD.313 Ibutu, MbuttuD.32 Bira, Plains Bira, Sese, SumburaD.33 Nyali, “Huku”D.331 Bvanuma, South NyaliD.332 Budu, Bodo, EbuduD.333 NdaakaD.334 Mbo, ImboD.335 Beeke, IbeekeD.336 Ngbee

D.43 Nyanga

D.54 BembeD.55 Buyi

E.46 Temi, Sonjo


E.51 Kikuyu, GikuyuE.52 EmboE.53 MeroE.531 Mwimbi-MuthambiE.54 TharakaE.541 Cuka, ChukaE.55 KambaE.56 Daisu, “Se(n)geju”

E.621 West Kilimanjaro, ChagaE.621a — Rwa, Rwo, MeruE.621b — Macame, “Hai”E.621c — SihaE.621d — Kiwoso, incl. Kindi, Kombo, MwekaE.621e — MasamaE.621f — Ng’uniE.622 Central Kilimanjaro, ChagaE.622a — MochiE.622b — MbokomuE.622c — Wuunjo, incl. Kiruwa, Kilema, Morang’u, Mamba, MwikaE.622d — UruE.623 RomboE.623a — Useri, KiseriE.623b — MashatiE.623c — MkuuE.623d — KeniE.63 Arusha-Chini, “Rusha”, “Kuma”E.64 KaheE.65 Gweno

E.701 Elwana, Mala(n)koteE.71 Pokomo, PfokomoE.71a — Upper PokomoE.71b — Lower Pokomo, MalachiniE.72 North Mijikenda, NyikaE.72a — GiryamaE.72b — KaumaE.72c — ConyiE.72d — DurumaE.72e — RabaiE.72f — JibanaE.72g — KambeE.72h — RibeE.73-732 South MijikendaE.73 — DigoE.731 — Se(n)gejuE.732 — DegereE.74 TaitaE.74a — Dabida, TubetaE.74c — KasigauE.741 Sagala

F.11 TongweF.12 Bende


F.21 Sukuma, “Gwe”F.22 NyamwesiF.23 SumbwaF.24 KimbuF.25 Bungu

F.31 Nilamba, IlambaF.32 Nyaturu, RemiF.33 Rangi, Langi, IrangiF.34 Mbugwe, Buwe

G.11 GogoG.12 Kagulu, North Sagara, Megi

G.22 Pare, Pare-Asu, ChasuG.221 Mbugu, Kimbugu cha Kawaida, Outer Mbugu, Normal MbuguG.23 Shambala, ShambaaG.24 Bondei

G.301 DoeG.31 Zigula, ZiguaG.311 Mushungulu (Somalia), incl. ShanbaraG.32 Ngh’wele, incl. KwereG.33 Zaramo, DzalamoG.34 NguluG.35 Ruguru, LuguruG.36 KamiG.37 KutuG.38 VidundaG.39 Sagala

G.402 MakweG.403 MwaniG.404 Sidi (Pakistan), HabsiG.41-43 Swahili, KiswahiliG.41 — Tikuu, Tikulu, Bajuni, GunyaG.411 — Socotra SwahiliG.412 — Mwiini, Miini, Barawa, MbalaziG.42a — Amu, Pate, Siu, OziG.42b — Mombasa Swahili, Mvita, Ngare, Jomvu, Changamwe, KilindiniG.42c — Mrima, Mtang’ata, Lugha ya Zamani †G.42d — UngujaG.42e — Mambrui, MalindiG.42f — Fundi, ChifundiG.42g — ChwakaG.42h — VumbaG.42i — Nosse Be (Madagascar)G.43a — PembaG.43b — TumbatuG.43c — Makunduchi, Ka(l)e, “Hadimu”G.43d — Mafia, MbweraG.43e — KilwaG.43f — MgaoG.44 ComorianG.44a — Ngazija, ShingazidjaG.44b — Njuani, HinzuaG.44c — MwaliG.44d — Maore


G.51 Pogolo, PogoroG.52 Ndamba

G.61 Sango, RoriG.62 HeheG.63 BenaG.64 PangwaG.65 KingaG.66 WanjiG.67 Kisi

H.11 Bembe, incl. KeengeH.111 Hangala, GhaangalaH.112 Kamba-DoondoH.112a — KambaH.112b — DoondoH.12 Vili, CiviliH.13 KunyiH.131 Suundi, Sundi-Kifouma, Kimongo-SuundiH.14 Ndingi (Cabinda), NdinziH.15 Mboka (Cabinda)H.16 Kikongo, KongoH.16a — South Kongo, incl. Kisikongo, Mboma, Songo, SolongoH.16b — Central Kongo, incl. Suundi, Mazinga, ManyangaH.16c — YombeH.16d — West Kongo, incl. Woyo, Fiote, Kakongo, KakoH.16e — Bwende, incl. SondeH.16f — LaadiH.16g — East Kongo, incl. Santu, NtanduH.16h — South-East Kongo, incl. Nkanu, Zoombo, Pende

H.21 Mbundu clusterH.21a — Kimbundu, NgolaH.21b — Mbamba, NjingaH.22 SamaH.23 Bolo, HakaH.24 Songo, Nsongo

H.31 Yaka, Kiyaka, incl. Ngoongo, Pelende, LonzoH.32 SukuH.321 SoondeH.34 MbangalaH.35 Shinji, Yungo

H.41 MbalaH.42 Hunganna, Huana

J.D.41 Konzo, KonjoJ.D.42 Ndandi, Nandi, Yari

J.D.501 NyinduJ.D.502 YakaJ.D.51 Hunde, KobiJ.D.52 HaavuJ.D.53 Shi, NyabunguJ.D.531 TemboJ.D.56 Bwari, Kabwari


J.D.61 Ruanda, KinyarwandaJ.D.62 Rundi, KirundiJ.D.63 FuliiroJ.D.631 Vira, JobaJ.D.64 Subi, Shubi, “Sinja”J.D.65 HangazaJ.D.66 HaJ.D.67 Vinza

J.E.101 GunguJ.E.102 Talinga-BwisiJ.E.103 Ruli, LuduuliJ.E.11 Nyoro, Kyopi )J.E.12 Tooro )J.E.121 Hema )J.E.13/14 Nyankore-Kiga ) \J.E.13 — Nyankore, Nkole ) |J.E.14 — Kiga, Ciga ) |J.E.15 Ganda | Rutara = JE11-14, JE21-24J.E.16 Soga, incl. Kenyi |J.E.17 Gwere |J.E.18 West Nyala |

|J.E.21 Nyambo, “Karagwe” ) |J.E.22 Haya ) /J.E.23 Zinza, Dzindza )J.E.24 Kerebe )J.E.25 Jita )J.E.251 Kwaya ) SugutiJ.E.252 Kara, Regi )J.E.253 Ruri, Rori )

J.E.31 Masaba clusterJ.E.31a — GisuJ.E.31b — KisuJ.E.31c — BukusuJ.E.31d — SyanJ.E.31e — Tachon, TatsoniJ.E.31f — DadiriJ.E.31g — BuyaJ.E.32 Lu(h)yia clusterJ.E.32a — Hanga, WangaJ.E.32b — TsotsoJ.E.32c — MaramaJ.E.32d — KisaJ.E.32e — Kabarasi, KabrasJ.E.32f — East NyalaJ.E.33 NyoreJ.E.34 SaamiaJ.E.341 Xaayo, KhayoJ.E.342 MarachiJ.E.343 SongaJ.E.35 Nyuli, Nyole


J.E.401 Ngur(u)imi, NgoremeJ.E.402 IkizuJ.E.403 SubaJ.E.404 Shashi, SizakiJ.E.405 KabwaJ.E.406 Singa, CulaJ.E.407 WareJ.E.41 Logooli, RagoliJ.E.411 Idaxo, ItoxoJ.E.412 Isuxa, IsukhaJ.E.413 TirikiJ.E.42 Gusii, KisiiJ.E.43 Kuria, KoriaJ.E.431 SimbitiJ.E.432 HachaJ.E.433 SurwaJ.E.434 SwetaJ.E.44 ZanakiJ.E.45 Ikoma, Nata

K.11 Ciokwe, Chokwe, TshokweK.12a LuimbiK.12b Ngangela, NyembaK.13 Luchazi, Lujazi, PondaK.14 Lwena, LuvaleK.15 Mbunda, MbuundaK.16 NyengoK.17 MbwelaK.18 Nkangala

K.21 Lozi, “Kolololo”

K.31 Luyana, LuyiK.32 MboweK.321 — MbumeK.322 — LiyuwaK.33 Kwangali, KwangariK.33a — Kwangali (proper)K.33b — MbundzaK.332 Manyo, Rumanyo, incl. Sambyu, Gciriku (Dciriku)K.333 MbukushuK.334 Mbogedu, “Rumanyo”K.34 Masi, MashiK.35 SimaaK.351 MulongaK.352 MwenyiK.353 Koma, MakomaK.354 ImilanguK.36 ShanjoK.37 Kwangwa, incl. Kwandi [K.371]

K.402 FweK.41 Totela of ZambiaK.411 Totela of NamibiaK.42 Subiya, Ikuhane, incl. Mbalangwe [K.401]


L.101 SondeL.11 Pende, PheendeL.12a Samba, Tsamba, TsaamL.12b Holo, Holu, HonguL.13 Kwese, Kwezo, Pindi

L.201 BudyaL.202 YaziL.21 KeteL.22 Mbagani, BinjiL.221 Lwalwa, LwaluL.23 Songe, YembeL.231 Binji, BindjiL.24 Luna-Inkongo

L.301 KebweL.31 Luba-LuluaL.31a — Luba-Kasai, Tshiluba, CilubaL.31b — Lulua, Luluwa, West LubaL.32 KanyokaL.33 Luba-Katanga, KilubaL.331 ZeelaL.34 Hemba, East LubaL.35 Sanga, Garengaze, South Luba

L.41 Kaonde, Kahonde

L.51 Salampasu, incl. Luntu [L.511]L.52 LundaL.53 Ruund, Luwunda

L.60 Nkoya (cluster)L.601 — Kolwe, LukolweL.602 — LushangiL.603 — Shasha, MashashaL.61 — Mbwera, MbwelaL.62 — Nkoya proper

M.11 PimbweM.12 RungwaM.13 FipaM.131 Ku(u)lweM.14/15 Mambwe-LunguM.14 — RunguM.15 — Mambwe

M.201 Lambya, RambiaM.201a — North Lambya (Tanzania)M.201b — Central Lambya (Malawi)M.201c — South Lambya (Zambia)M.202 SukwaM.21 Wanda, WandiaM.22 Mwanga, NamwangaM.23 Nyiha, NyikaM.24 MalilaM.25 SafwaM.26 IwaM.27 Tambo


M.301 NdaliM.302 PenjaM.31 Nyakyusa-Ngonde, “Sokili”M.31a — Nyakyusa proper, NyekyosaM.31b — Kukwe, NgumbaM.31c — Mwamba, Lugulu, “Sokelo”M.31d — NgondeM.31e — Kaaselya, Selya

M.401 BwileM.402 Aushi, UsiM.41 Taabwa, Rungu, incl. ShilaM.42 Bemba, Icibemba, incl. Bangweulu Twa

M.51-522 Lala-BisaM.51 — Bi(i)saM.52 — LalaM.521 — AmboM.522 — LuanoM.53 SwakaM.54 LambaM.541 Lima, BulimaM.542 TembaM.55 Seba, Shishi

M.61 Lenje, Ciina MukuniM.611 Lukanga TwaM.62 SoliM.63 IlaM.631 SalaM.632 LundweM.633 Kafue TwaM.64 Tonga, incl. Leya, Mala, Plateau Tonga, Valley Tonga, Ndawe, Dombe

N.101 NdendeuleN.102 NindiN.11 Manda-MatumbaN.12 Ngoni of TanzaniaN.121 Ngoni of MalawiN.13 MatengoN.14 MpotoN.15 Tonga, Siska

N.201 Mwera of Mbamba BayN.21 Tumbuka cluster, ChitumbukaN.21a — Tumbuka properN.21b — PokaN.21c — Kamanga, HengaN.21d — SengaN.21e — YombeN.21f — FungweN.21g — Wenya


N.31 Chewa-Nyanja, Nyanja-Chewa, ChichewaN.31a — NyanjaN.31b — Cewa, ChewaN.31c — ManganjaN.31d — Nyasa (Mozambique), Nyasa-Cewa

N.41 Nsenga, Cinsenga, Senga, incl. PhimbiN.42 Kunda, ChikundaN.43 Nyungwe, Chinyungwe, TeteN.44 Sena, incl. Rue/Barwe [N.45], Podzo [N.46]N.441 Sena-Malawi

P.11 Ndengeleko, incl. Rufiji/Ruihi [P.12]P.13 Matuumbi, KimatuumbiP.14 NgindoP.15 Mbunga

P.21/22 Yao-MweraP.21 — Yao, CiyaoP.22 — MweraP.23 Makonde, incl. MachingaP.24 Ndonde, MawandaP.25 Mabiha, Mavia

P.31 Makhuwa, Emakhuwa, MakuaP.31a — Makhuwa-MakhuwanaP.31b — Me(e)ttoP.31c — Chirima, incl. Kokola, Lolo, Manyawa, Marenje, TakwaneP.31d — MarrevoneP.31e — NaharraP.31f — EsakaP.31g — Ruvuma Makhuwa, incl. Imithupi, IkorovereP.311 Koti, Ekoti, AngojeP.312 Sakati, Sangaji, NathemboP.32 Lomwe, West MakhuwaP.33 — Ngulu, MihavaneP.331 Lomwe of MalawiP.34 Echuwabo, Cuabo

R.101 KuvaleR.102 KwisiR.103 Mbali, OlumbaliR.11 Umbundu, Mbundu, NanoR.12 NdombeR.13/14 Nyaneka-NkhumbiR.13 — Nyaneka, NhanecaR.14 — Nkhumbi, Khumbi


R.20 Wambo, OshiwamboR.21 — Kwanyama )R.211 — Kafima ) North Wambo = R21-218R.212 — Evale )R.213 — Mbandja )R.214 — Mbalanhu )R.215 — Ndongwena )R.216 — Kwankwa )R.217 — Dombondola )R.218 — Esinga )R.22 — Ndonga )R.23 — Kwambi ) South Wambo = R22-242R.24 — Ngandjera )R.241 — Kwaluudhi )R.242 — Kolonkadhi-Eunda )

R.30 Herero, OtjihereroR.31a — Central HereroR.31b — Mbanderu, East HereroR.311 — North-West Herero, Kaokoland Herero, incl. Zemba, CimbaR.312 — Botswana Herero

R.41 Yeyi, Siyei, “Kuba”R.41a — East Caprivi YeyiR.41b — Ngamiland Yeyi

S.10 Shona, ChishonaS.11 — Korekore, incl. Tavara, Shangwe, Gova, BudyaS.12 — Zezuru, incl. Shawasha, Harava, Gova, Hera, Nobvu, ChikwakwaS.13 — Manyika, incl. Tebe, HungweS.14 — Karanga, incl. Duma, Govera, Mhari, NyubiS.15 — Ndau, “Sofala”, incl. Tonga, Garwe, Danda, ShangaS.16 Kalanga, Ikalanga, West ShonaS.16a — Kalanga (proper)S.16b — Nambya, NanzwaS.16c — Lilima, HumbeS.16d — Nyai, RozviS.16e — Lemba, RembaS.16f — Lembethu, RembethuS.16g — Twamamba, XwamambaS.16h — PfumbiS.16i — Ja(w)undaS.16j — RomweS.16k — PeriS.16l — Talahundra

S.21 Venda, TshivendaS.21a — PhaniS.21b — IlafuriS.21c — MandaS.21d — MbedziS.21e — TavhatsindiS.21f — Ronga


S.301 PhalaborwaS.302-304 East SothoS.302 — KutsweS.303 — PaiS.304 — PulanaS.31 Tswana, SetswanaS.311 Kgalagadi, Sekgalagadi, QhalaxariS.32 North Sotho, Sesotho sa Leboa, SepediS.33 South Sotho, Sesotho

S.401 Old Mfengu, FingoS.402 Bhaca, BacaS.403 Hlubi (in former Transkei)S.404 PhuthiS.405 NhlangwiniS.406 LalaS.407 South Ndebele, Isikhethu, incl. Nrebele, NdzundzaS.408 Sumayela NdebeleS.41 Xhosa, IsixhosaS.42 Zulu, IsizuluS.43 Swati, Swazi, Siswati, NgwaneS.44 Ndebele of Zimbabwe, Sindebele

S.51 Tswa, XitswaS.511 HlengweS.53 Changana, TsongaS.53a — XilulekeS.53b — N’walunguS.53c — HlaveS.53d — NkunaS.53e — GwambaS.53f — NhlanganuS.53g — Djonga, JongaS.53h — BilaS.54 Rhonga, Xironga

S.61 Copi, Cicopi, incl. Lenge [S.611]S.62 Tonga, Gitonga, Shengwe


THE BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES (T)

T.0 MISCELLANEOUS BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES

T.001 Oko-Osayen-EniT.002 UkaanT.003 AkpesT.004 BeezenT.005 MashiT.006 AfuduT.007 BukwenT.008 Fali of Baissa

T.1 BANTOID (Williamson & Blench 2000, Watters & Leroy 1989)

T.101 Tikar, NdobT.102 BuruT.103 Busuu, “Furu”T.104 Bishuo, “Furu”T.105 Bikya, “Furu”

T.11 NORTH BANTOID (Hedinger 1989)

T.111 MAMBILOID (Connell 2000, 2001)

T.111a VuteT.111b WawaT.111c TepT.111d MambilaT.111e Cambap, TwendiT.111f MbongnoT.111g MvanoT.111h SomyevT.111i Konja, KwanjaT.111j Nizaa, SugaT.111k Ndoro, NdoolaT.111l Fam, KongaT.111m NjerupT.111n NdundaT.111o Kasabe, LuoT.111p YeniT.111q Nor, Ju NoriT.111r Njanga

T.112 DAKOID

T.112a Samba Daka, Chamba DakaT.112b Lamja-Dengsa-TolaT.112c Dirim, DakaT.112d Taram


Bantoid, excl. Bantu

Cross River

Defoid

Edoid

Idomoid

Igboid

Kainji

Nupoid

Platoid

JFM © 2003

BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES


T.113 TIBA

T.113 Tiba

T.12-T.19 SOUTH BANTOID (Watters & Leroy 1989)

T.121 MBAM

T.121 = parts of Bantu A40 + Bantu A60

T.122 JARAWAN

T.122a Jar clusterT.122b BileT.122c DulbuT.122d ShikiT.122e GwaT.122f LabirT.122g KulungT.122h Lame cluster, incl. Ruhu, Mbaru, GuraT.122i MamaT.122j Mbula-Bwazza, TamboT.122k MbongaT.122l NgongT.122m Nagumi

T.123 TIVOID

T.123a Otank, UtangeT.123b UkweseT.123c UndirT.123d BitareT.123e AbongT.123f BatuT.123g EmanT.123h Iceve-MaciT.123i EvandT.123j IyiveT.123k TivT.123l UgareT.123m EsimbiT.123n IpuloT.123o CakaT.123p Ihatum

T.124 BEBOID (Hamm 1999, Hamm et al. 2001, Brye & Brye 2001)

T.124a Bu-Mundabli-NinkadaT.124b Abar-Misong-MunkenT.124c Fang-KoshinT.124d Mbu’T.124e Naki, MekafT.124f Bebe


T.124g KemezungT.124h NsariT.124i CungT.124j NooneT.124k NcaneT.124l Mungong

T.125 EKOID

T.125a EjaghamT.125b Ndoe cluster, incl. Ekparabong, BalepT.125c Bakor cluster, incl. Abanyom, Efutop, Nsele-Nde-Nta, Nnam,

Ekajuk, Nkum, Nkem

T.126 MAMFE (NYANG)

T.126a KenyangT.126b DenyaT.126c Kendem, Bandem

T.127 MBE

T.127 Mbe

T.128 NDEMLI

T.128 Ndemli

T.13-T.19 WIDE GRASSFIELDS (Watters & Leroy 1989, Watters 2003)

T.131 MENCHUM

T.131a ModeleT.131b Befang

T.132(-T.133) WEST MOMO

T.132a BusamT.132b Etoh, AtongT.132c Manta

T.133 Ambele

T.14 MOMO (MUNDANI)

T.141 NgwoT.142 Ngishe, OshieT.143 NgieT.144 Moghamo (Widekum), Meta (Menemo), NgamamboT.145 MenkaT.146 MundaniT.147 Njen


T.15 RING

T.151a Aghem, incl. Weh, Isu, WumT.151b Oso, South FungomT.151c FungomT.151d LaimbueT.152a Bum-MmenT.152b Kom, Nkom, BikomT.152c BabankiT.152d Oku, KuoT.153 Lamnso’T.154a Vengo, BabungoT.154b Kenswei nseiT.154c Wushi, BabessiT.154d Bamunka

T.16-T.19 MBAM-NKAM

T.16 NKAMBE

T.161 Dzodinka, AdereT.162 MfumteT.163 LimbumT.164 Mbe’T.165 Yamba, MbemT.166 NdaktupT.167 ? Kwaja

T.17 NGEMBA

T.171 Ngemba, incl. Mankon, Awing (Bamukumbit), MundumT.172 Bambili-BafutT.173 PinyinT.174 Nkwen, MendankweT.175 Kpati

T.18 NUN

T.181 Mungaka, BaliT.182 Bamun cluster, incl. Shupamen, Papia (Baba), Chuufi (Bafanji),

Ngoobechop (Bamali), Mboyakum (Bambalang), BangolanT.183 Medumba, BangangteT.184 Bamenyam, Mamenyam

T.19 BAMILEKE

T.191 NgombaleT.192 Megaka, Bagam, EgapT.193 Ngomba, Nda’aT.194 Bamboutos cluster, incl. Ngiemboon, Yemba (Dschang), NwehT.195 Ghomala’, BanjunT.196 Fe’fe’, BafangT.197 Kwa’, BakwaT.198 Nda’nda’


T.2 CROSS-RIVER (Faraclas 1989:381)

T.201 Akum

T.21 BENDI

T.211 BekwarraT.212 Bete-BendeT.213 Obanliku, incl. Basang, Busi, Bisu, Bishiri, BebiT.214 Ukpe-BayobiriT.215 UbangT.216 AlegeT.217 Obe, incl. Utugwang, Okworogung, Okworotung, AfrikeT.218 BumajiT.219 Bokyi

T.22-T.28 DELTA-CROSS

T.22 CENTRAL DELTA

T.221 AbuaT.222 Odual, SakaT.223 Kugbo, MiniT.224 Ogbia, KoloT.225 Ogbronyagum, BukumaT.226 Obulom, AbulomaT.227 OgbogoloT.228 ? Ochichi

T.23 OGONI

T.231 KanaT.232 GokanaT.233 ElemeT.234 ? Ban, Ogoi

T.24-T.26 LOWER CROSS

T.241 Efik, CalabarT.242 IbibioT.243 Itu mbom uszoT.244 AnaangT.245 EfiatT.246 EketT.247 EnwangT.248 UdaT.249 EtebiT.251 IbuoroT.252 EbughuT.253 Ibuno, IbinoT.254 Idua, IlueT.255 OroT.256 Usakade, UsaghadeT.257 Okobo


T.258 Obolo, AndoniT.259 IkoT.261 ? EkiT.262 ? IdereT.263 ? ItoT.264 ? Ukwa

T.27-T.28 UPPER CROSS

T.271 Oring, incl. Ufia, Ufiom, OkpotoT.272 KukeleT.273 UzekweT.274 UbagharaT.275 KohumonoT.276 AgwagwuneT.277 UmonT.278 Olulumo-IkomT.279 Lokaa (Yakurr)-Nkukoli-LubilaT.281 Mbembe-Legbo-Leyigba-LenyimaT.282 Ukpet-EhomT.283 Agoi, IbamiT.284 Doko-Uyanga, BasangaT.285 IyoniyongT.286 KiongT.287 KoropT.288 Odut

T.3 KAINJI (Gerhardt 1989:362-363)

T.31-T.35 WEST KAINJI

T.311 BaushiT.312 GurmanaT.313 Lela, DakarkariT.314 DukaT.315 Peka-Keri-Wipsi-GeeriT.316 LyaseT.317 ResheT.321 LaruT.322 Lopa

T.33 KAMBARI

T.331 Tsigadi, AgadiT.332 Tsuvadi, EvadiT.333 BaangiT.334 Tsishingini, AshinginiT.335 Yumu, OsisiT.336 Cishingini, AgaushiT.337 Tsikimba, AkimbaT.338 Agara’iwa, NwanciT.339 Cicipu, Cep, “West Acipa”


T.34 BASA

T.341 Basa KontagoraT.342 Basa GumnaT.343 KorombaT.344 Basa Gurara, Basa Benue, Basa Makurdi

T.35 KAMUKU

T.351 Cinda-Regi-Tiyal, KamukuT.352 Acipa, “Sagamuk”T.353 HungworT.354 Shama-SambugaT.355 CanjaT.356 SunduraT.357 FungwaT.358 PonguT.359 Rogo

T.36-T.39 EAST KAINJI

T.361 PitiT.362 AtsamT.363 Amo

T.37-T.39 NORTHERN JOS

T.371 Ningi, incl. Kuda-Chamo, Gamo-NingiT.372 Lame, incl. Gyem, ShauT.373 Lere, incl. Takaya, Shi, GanaT.374 Sanga-Moro-IzoraT.375 Gbiri-NiraguT.376 SurubuT.377 KuramaT.378 MalaT.379 RumaT.381 BinaT.382 KonoT.383 Vono, KiballoT.384 Tumi, KitimiT.385 KinukuT.386 DunguT.387 Shuwa-ZamaniT.388 RishiT.389 Kaivi, NuneT.391 Seni-Ziriya-KereT.392 JanjiT.393 Jere, incl. Buji, Gusu, Jere, Ibunu-Gurrum, PanawaT.394 IgutaT.395 Tunzu


T.4 PLATOID (Gerhardt 1989:364-365)

T.401 Dong, DongaT.402 NkwakT.403 Tapshin, NsurT.404 Migili-Ujijili (= South-Central Plateau)T.405 Koro IjaT.406 Koro ZubaT.407 BaburT.408 NigboT.409 Nisam

T.41 NORTH PLATEAU

T.411 KadaraT.412 KuturmiT.413 IkuluT.414 Idong, IdonT.415 DokaT.416 Iku-Gora-Ankwa

T.42-T.45 WEST PLATEAU

T.42 KORO

T.421 Ashe-Shadalafiya-KatugalT.422 BegbereT.423 EjarT.424 Idu, LunguT.425 Yeskwa

T.43 JABA

T.431 KagomaT.432 ShamangT.433 CoriT.434 HyamT.435 Kamantan, AnganT.436 Zhire, Kenyi

T.44-T.45 SOUTH-WEST PLATEAU

T.441 Vaghat-Ya-Bijim-LegeriT.442 NinzamT.443 MadaT.444 Numana-Nunku-Gwanto-NumbuT.445 Kaningkon-NindemT.446 KanufiT.447 PaiT.448 KucheT.451 YashiT.452 Nungu, RindreT.453 Jidda-AbuT.454 AkeT.455 Eggon, Hill MadaT.456 ? AyuT.457 ? Shall-ZwallT.458 ? Ningye


T.46 CENTRAL PLATEAU

T.461 Berom, CharaT.462 AtenT.463 RigweT.464 Izere, Zarek, FiranT.465 Jju, KajeT.466 Katab, incl.Tyap, Gworok, Atakar, Sholio, Tyerak, ...T.467 Nandu-Tari, incl. West-Central Plateau

T.47 SOUTH-EAST PLATEAU

T.471 FyamT.472 HoromT.473 Mabo-Barkul

T.48-T.49 BENUE

T.48 TAROKOID

T.481 Tarok, YergumT.482 BasharT.483 TurkwamT.484 Arum-Chesu

T.49 JUKUNOID

T.491 Yukuben-KutepT.492 Kpan-IcenT.493 Mbembe Tigong, incl. Ashuku, KporoT.494 Kororofa, incl. Wapan, Jibe, Koba, Abinsi, DamparT.495 Jukun, incl. Jibu, Wase, Takum-DongaT.496 Wurbo, incl. Como-Karim, Jiru, Shoo-Minda-Nye, Tita

T.5 IGBOID

T.511 IgboT.512 ? Ekpeye

T.6 IDOMOID (Armstrong 1989)

T.611 YatyeT.612 AkpaT.621 EloyiT.631 IgedeT.641 EtuloT.651 IdomaT.652 AlagoT.653 Yala


T.7 NUPOID (Blench 1989)

T.701 ? EgbaT.702 GbedegiT.711 Ebira, incl. Okene, Koto, EtunoT.721 GadeT.731 GbagyiT.732 Gbagyi NkwaT.733 GbariT.741 AsuT.751 KupaT.752 KakandaT.761 DiboT.762 KamiT.763 Gupa-AbawaT.764 ? AgbiT.771 NupeT.772 ? Nupe Tako

T.8 EDOID (Elugbe 1989:293)

T.81-T.82 NORTH-WEST EDOID

T.811 UkueT.812 EhueunT.813 UhamiT.814 OsseT.815 IyayuT.816 ? Aduge

T.821 OkpamheriT.822 Emhalhe, SomorikaT.823 OlomaT.824 Okpe-Idesa-Akuku

T.83-T.84 NORTH-CENTRAL EDOID

T.831 GhotuoT.832 UnemeT.833 Yekhee-EtsakoT.841 Ora-Emai-IulehaT.842 Esan, IshanT.843 Edo, BiniT.844 ? Okpela-Arhe-IvbieT.845 ? Sasaru-Enwan-IgweT.846 ? OsosoT.847 ? Ikpeshi

T.85 SOUTH-WEST EDOID

T.851 UvbieT.852 UrhoboT.853 Okpe, UkpeT.854 IsokoT.855 Eruwa


T.86 DELTA EDOID

T.861 DegemaT.862 EngenniT.863 Epie-Atisa

T.9 DEFOID (Capo 1989:281)

T.91 YORUBOID

T.911 YorubaT.912 ItsekiriT.913 Igala

T.92 AKOKOID

T.921 Amgbe

T.93 AYERE-AHAN

T.931 AyereT.932 Ahan


THE NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES (U)

U.0 MISCELLANEOUS NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES

U.001 Dogon (Bendor-Samuel, Olsen & White 1989)U.001a — Tombo SooU.001b — Donno SooU.001c — Toro SooU.001d — JamsayU.001e — Togo KanU.001f — Tomo KanU.002 Pre, BereU.003 Mpre

U.1 KWA (Stewart 1989:223-230)

U.101 Aproumu-AiziU.102 Esuma

U.111 AvikamU.112 AlladianU.113 Agneby, incl. Adioukrou, Abidji, AbbeyU.114 AttieU.115 Ga-Dangme

U.12-16 POTOU-TANO

U.121 Akan )U.121a — Fante ) Tano languagesU.121b — Twi, incl. Asante, Abrong, Akuapem, etc. ) = Volta-ComoeU.122 North Bia, incl. Anyi, Baule, Chakosi, Sehwi )U.123 South Bia, incl. Nzema, Ahanta, Jwira-Pepisa )U.131 Coastal Guang )U.132 Hill Guang )U.133 North Guang )U.141 Aboure )U.142 Eotile )U.143 Krobou )

U.151 Ega

U.152 Ebrie ) PotouU.153 Mbatto ) languages

U.161 Lelemi-Lefana )U.162 Siwu, Akpafu, Lolobi ) Na-TogoU.163 Likpe ) languagesU.164 Sele, Santrokofi )U.165 Logba )U.166 Basila )U.167 Adele )U.168 Boro )U.169 ? Akpe )


1

2 3

JFM © 2005

Kwa

Gur

Kru

Ubangi

Adamawa

Ijoid

Mande

Atlantic

Kordofanian

Bantu

Benue-Congo (sans Bantu)

Dogon (1), Pre (2), Mpre (3)

VOLTA-CONGO

NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES


U.17 free

U.18 LEFT BANK

U.181 Gbe, Ewe clusterU.181a — VheU.181b — Gen, MinaU.181c — AjaU.181d — Fon, FongbeU.181e — Phla-PerasU.182 AvatimeU.183 Nyangbo-TafiU.184 KposoU.185 AhloU.186 BowiliU.187 Kebu, KogborikoU.188 Animere

U.2 GUR (Naden 1989)

U.201 JuguU.202 SolaU.203 ? KparliU.204 ? Moru

U.21-U.27 CENTRAL GUR

U.21-U.24 NORTH-CENTRAL GUR

U.211 Bwamu, BomuU.212 Kurumfe

U.213-U.24 OTI-VOLTA

U.213 Buli, BulsaU.214 KonniU.215 Bieri, BaribaU.216 WamaU.217 Tayari-NateniU.218 Ditammari

U.221 East Kusaal, West KusaalU.222 Mampruli, Talni, Tallensi, Nabt, NandemU.223 Hanga, KamaraU.224 Dagbani, DagombaU.225 Yare, Katonsi

U.231 FrafraU.232 MooreU.233 DagaariU.234 BiriforU.235 WaaliU.236 SafalabaU.237 NootreU.238 ? Yari, Dagaari Dioula


U.241 Ncham, BassariU.242 KaseleU.243 KonkombaU.244 GangamU.245 GurmaU.246 Moba, incl. Bimoba, Look, Moba, BemU.247 YomU.248 Nawdm

U.25-U.27 SOUTH-CENTRAL GUR

U.251 Lobi, DyanU.252 Cerma, Kirma, TyuramaU.253 Gan, Kaansa, Gbadogo, KpatogoU.254 Dogose, KhisaU.255 Dogoso, Dorhosie FingU.256 Khe

U.26-U.27 GRUSI

U.261 KabiyeU.262 Lamba, LamaU.263 DombagoU.264 Tem, Dulo, CalaU.265 BagoU.266 LyeleU.267 NuniU.268 Kasem, KasenaU.269 PanaU.271 WinyeU.272 Phwi, PwoU.273 ChakaliU.274 TampulmaU.275 VaglaU.276 DegU.277 KalamseU.278 Sisaala Tumuli, Sisaala Busillu, Sisaala Pasale

U.28 PERIPHERAL GUR (Naden 1989)

U.281 KulangoU.282 Loron, TeenU.283 ViemoU.284 TyefoU.285 Wara, NatioroU.286 Baatonum, BorguU.287 Win, Toussian

U.29 SENUFO (Roncador & Miehe 1998:190-191)

U.291 Mamara, Nanerghe, Supyire, Senar/Yoli, DugubeU.292 Shenara, Cebaara, Papara, Tyebara, NafaraU.293 Tagbana, Jimini, Fondondo, Kpalaga, NafaanraU.294 Karaboro, Kama, Syer/TenyerU.295 ? TyeliriU.296 ? Falafala


U.3 KRU (Marchese 1989)

U.301 KuwaaU.302 Seme

U.311 AiziU.312 Edeyi

U.32-U.33 EAST KRU

U.321 East BeteU.322 West BeteU.331 BakweU.332 WaneU.333 KouyaU.334 GodieU.335 Dida clusterU.336 NeyoU.337 KwadiaU.338 Koyo, Ekopo

U.34-U.36 WEST KRU

U.341 Guere-Krahn, WeeU.342 East KrahnU.351 Ivorian Grebo, KrumenU.352 Liberian Grebo, Bush GreboU.361 BassaU.362 DewoinU.363 GbiiU.364 KlaoU.365 Nyabwa-NyedebwaU.366 Wobe, North WeU.367 Oubi-Glio

U.4 UBANGI (Moniño 1988; Boyd 1989)

U.401 KazibatiU.402 MongobaU.403 Banda clusterU.404 Banda Yangere

U.41-U.42 GBAYA

U.411 GbayaU.411a — North-West GbayaU.411b — South-West GbayaU.412 freeU.413 LaiU.414 Bangando-NgombeU.415 Gbaya YangereU.416 BokotoU.417 GbeyaU.418 SumaU.419 Gbanu


U.421 Manza, Ngbaka ManzaU.422 AliU.423 BofiU.424 Ngbaka MinagendeU.425 Bonjo

U.43-U.44 NGBAKA

U.431 Baka (possibly incl. Ganzi, Gundi, Bomasa)U.432 Ngbaka Ma’boU.433 Munzombo-MonzomboU.434 GbanziliU.441 MunduU.442 MayogoU.443 Bangba

U.45 NGBANDI

U.451 MbatiU.452 NgbandiU.453 SangoU.454 YakomaU.455 DendiU.456 MbangiU.457 Kpatiri, NgindereU.458 Gbayi, Kpasiya

U.46 SERE

U.461 FerogeU.462 MangayaU.463 IndriU.464 TogoyoU.465 SereU.466 NdogoU.467 TagbuU.468 ViriU.469 Bai

U.47 MBA

U.471 NdungaU.472 MbaU.473 DongoU.474 Ma, Amadi

U.48 ZANDE

U.481 ZandeU.482 NzakaraU.483 GemeU.484 BarambuU.485 Pambia


U.5 ADAMAWA (Boyd 1989; Williamson & Blench 2000; SIL14 2000)

U.501 Kam, YimwomU.502 Kwa, BaaU.503 Gey, GueveU.504 Fali (= North Fali, South Fali)U.505 ? Oblo

U.51 DURU

U.511 DuliU.512 Yag Dii, DuruU.513 NduupaU.514 Pape, Pa’anoU.515 Koma, incl. Gimme, Gimnime-Ritime, Ndera, Vomni, Mbeya, DamtiU.516 Mom Jango-MomiU.517 Peere, Kutin

U.52 LEKO-NIMBARI

U.521 NimbariU.522 Samba LekoU.523 Wom, PeremaU.524 NyongU.525 ? Kolbila

U.53 MUMUYE-YENDANG

U.531 MumuyeU.532 PangsengU.533 RangU.534 YendangU.535 WakaU.536 Kpasam, BaliU.537 TemeU.538 Gengle, Kumba, Kugama

U.54 DAY-KIM-BUA

U.541 DayU.542 Kim, BesmeU.543 Bua, incl. Luaa, Tun, Loo, Kulaal, Bon Gula, Zan Gula, ...

U.55-U.56 MBUM

U.551 TupuriU.552 MundangU.553 MambaiU.554 Dama, Mono, Ndai, KaliU.555 Karang, Pana, Gonge, Pondo, Njak Mbai, Ngumi, Kare-TaleU.556 Koh, SakpuU.557 MbumU.558 MbereU.559 KepereU.561 ? PamU.562 ? DekU.563 ? Laka


U.57 WAJA-LONGUDA

U.571 LongudaU.572 WajaU.573 TulaU.574 BangwinjiU.575 DaadiyaU.576 Awak, YebuU.577 Cham, incl. Dijim, Bwilim, JalabeU.578 Tso

U.58 JEN-BIKWIN

U.581 Dza (Jen), Tha, Munga DosoU.582 Burak-LooU.583 MaghdiU.584 MakU.585 Kyak-Moo-Leelau

U.59 YUNGUR

U.591 Bena, incl. Bena Yungur, Voro, LalaU.592 MboiU.593 Kaan, LibboU.594 ? Tumpa

U.6 IJOID (Jenewari 1989; Williamson & Timitimi 1983)

U.611 Inland Ijo, incl. Biseni, Okodja, OrumaU.612 IzonU.613 East Ijo, incl. Kalabari, Okrika, IbaniU.614 NkorooU.615 Brass Ijo, incl. Nembe, Akassa

U.621 Defaka


U.7 MANDE (Dwyer 1989:50)

U.71-U.74 WEST MANDE

U.71-U.72 CENTRAL (NORTH) MANDE

U.711 MandingU.711a Bamana, BambaraU.711b ManinkaU.711c DyulaU.711d XassonkeU.711e KonyankaU.711f WasulunkaU.711g DiakhankaU.711h MandinkaU.711i MaukaU.711j BoU.711k KagoroU.711l ManiyaU.711m Marka

U.712 KurankoU.713 VaiU.714 Kono

U.721 DamaU.722 SusuU.723 YalunkaU.724 LigbiU.725 BleU.726 ? Jeri

U.73 SOUTH-WEST MANDE

U.731 Loma, TomaU.732 KpelleU.733 MendeU.734 LokoU.735 Bandi

U.74 NORTH-WEST MANDE

U.741 SoninkeU.742 Bozo, Boso clusterU.742a — HainyaxoU.742b — Tiema CeweU.742c — TieyaxoU.742d — Sorogama, SorkoU.743 freeU.744 freeU.745 freeU.746 Sembla, SeekuU.747 Samogo GouanU.748 Jo, Jowulu, Samogo-Dong


U.75 SIA

U.751 Sia, Bobo-FingU.752 ? BankagomaU.753 ? Sininkere

U.76-U.78 EAST MANDE

U.76-U.77 SOUTH-EAST MANDE

U.761 NwaU.762 MwaU.763 BenU.764 GbanU.771 GuroU.772 YaureU.773 TuraU.774a West Dan, incl. BloU.774b East Dan, incl. GweetaU.774c KlaU.775 Mano

U.78 NORTH-EAST MANDE

U.781 BisaU.782 Sane, Samogo-TouganU.783 San, South SamoU.784 BusaU.785 Tyenga, KyengaU.786 Shanga, Cenga

U.8 ATLANTIC (Wilson 1989)

U.801 Bidjogo

U.81-U.82 NORTH ATLANTIC

U.81 SENEGAMBIAN

U.811 Fula, PulaarU.812 SererU.813 Wolof

U.82 CANGIN

U.821 LeharU.822 SafenU.823 NonU.824 NdutU.825 Falor


U.83-U.84 BAK

U.831 DiolaU.832 GusilayU.833 Karon, MlompU.834 KwaatayU.835 BayotU.836 KerakU.837 ManjakuU.838 MankanyaU.839 PapelU.841 BalantaU.842 Ganja, FcaU.843 ? Gobaare

U.85 EAST SENEGUINEAN

U.851 Tenda, incl. Basari, Bedik, Tanda, BapengU.852 KonyagiU.853 BiafadaU.854 PajadeU.855 KobianaU.856 KasangaU.857 Banyun

U.86 NALU-MBULUNGISH-BAGA MBOTENI

U.861 NaluU.862 MbulungishU.863 Baga Mboteni

U.87-U.89 SOUTH ATLANTIC

U.87 MEL

U.871 BagaU.872 LandumaU.873 TemneU.874 Bulom (cluster), incl. Bulom So, Bom, Sherbro, KrimU.875 KisiU.876 Gola

U.88 SUA

U.881 Sua

U.89 LIMBA

U.891 Limba


U.9 KORDOFANIAN (Schadeberg 1981; 1989)

U.91 KATLA

U.911 KalakU.912 Lomorik

U.92 RASHAD

U.921 Tagoi, Umale, MorebU.922 Tegali, RashadU.923 TingalU.924 ? TukumU.925 ? Turum

U.93 TALODI

U.931 Ngile, DengebuU.932 Tocho, Acheron, Lomon, ToronaU.933 JomangU.934 Nding, EliriU.935 Tegem, LafofaU.936 ? Torona

U.94-U.95 HEIBAN

U.941 MoroU.942 TiroU.943 ShirumbaU.944 UtoroU.945 EbangU.946 LaruU.947 LogolU.948 KoalibU.951 WarnangU.952 Ko, Fungor


THE NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGES (V)

V.1 EAST SUDANIC (Bender 1997)

V.101 Nera, “Barea”V.102 Nyimang-DinikV.103 Temein-Dese

V.11-V.14 NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981)

V.11 WEST NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981)

V.111 Burun (incl. Mayak)V.112 Mebaan, MabaanV.113 Dinka, JieengV.114 NuerV.115 AtuotV.116 North Lwo clusterV.116a — ShillukV.116b — AnywaV.116c — BorV.116d — TuriV.116e — PäriV.116f — Jur LuwoV.117 South Lwo clusterV.117a — AcoliV.117b — Luo, DholuoV.117c — AdholaV.117d — Kumam

V.12-V.13 EAST NILOTIC (Vossen 1983; Bender 1997)

V.121 Bari cluster, incl. Nyepu, Pojulu, Nyangbara, Kuku, Kakwa, etc.V.122 TesoV.123 KaramojongV.124 ToposaV.125 TurkanaV.126 Lotuko cluster, incl. Lango, Lotubo, Lorwana, Koriok, Logir, Lomya, Napore, etc.V.127 MeningV.128 Nyangatom

V.131 Maa clusterV.131a — MaasaiV.131b — CamusV.131c — SampurV.131d — KoreV.131e — LorkotiV.132 Ongamo, NgasaV.133 Kwavi, Parakuyo


JFM © 2006

East Sudanic

Kado/Kadugli

Koman

Gumuz

Maban

Foran

Berta

Kunama

Songai

Kuliak

Saharan

Central Sudanic

“Outliers”

“Satellites”

“Core Group”

NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGES


V.14 SOUTH NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981; Rottland 1982)

V.141 DatoogaV.142 Omotik, LaamootV.143 Kalenjin clusterV.143a — Akie, MosiroV.143b — KipsikiisV.143c — NandiV.143d — Keyo, ElgeyoV.143e — TukenV.143f — MarkwetaV.143g — MediakV.143h — KisankasaV.143i — AramanikV.143j — Sabaot (Mt Elgon Maasai), incl. Kony, Pok (Lako), BongomV.143k — Terik, NyangoriV.143l — Sapiny, SapeiV.143m — SogooV.143n — Okiek, AkiekV.143o — KinareV.143p — Pakot, Pokoot, Suk

V.15 DAJU

V.151 ShattV.152 Liguri, LogorikV.153 Daju de Darfur, Nyala LagowaV.154 NyolgeV.155 BeygoV.156 Mongo-SilaV.156a — Daju de MongoV.156b — Daju de Dar SilaV.157 (not used)V.158 ? Geneima

V.16 SURMIC (Dimmendaal & Last 1998)

V.161 MajangV.162 Murle, Didinga, LarimV.163 TennetV.164 Baale-Zilmamu, Kacipo-BaleciV.165 Mursi, Mun, Tirma, Tid, Chai, Suri, SurmaV.166 Me’en, MekanV.167 Kwegu, Koegu, Kwogyi

V.17 JEBEL

V.171 Gaam, Ingessana, TabiV.172 Aka, SillokV.173 Kelo, Beni ShekoV.174 Molo


V.18 NUBIAN

V.181 Old NubianV.182 Nobiin, incl. Fadija, MahasV.183 Kenzi, DongolawiV.184 Meidob, TidnaalV.185 BirgidV.186 Hill Nubian, incl. Dair, Dilling, El Hugeirat, Garko, Wali, Gulfan, KadaruV.187 Haraza

V.19 TAMA

V.191 TamaV.192 Erenga, SungorV.193 Merarit

V.2 KADO/KADUGLI (Schadeberg 1989; Bender 1997)

V.211 Mudo clusterV.211a — Yegang, Keiga-Timero, DemikV.211b — Kufo, KangaV.211c — Mudo, Tulishi-Kamdang

V.221 Miri clusterV.221a — MiriV.221b — Talla, KadugliV.221c — Tolubi, Tuna, KatchaV.221d — Sangali, Tumma

V.231 Krongo-Talasa clusterV.231a — Krongo, TabanyaV.231b — Talasa, Kurondi, Tumtum

V.3 KOMAN & GUMUZ (Bender 1997)

V.31 KOMAN

V.311 Uduk, TwampaV.312 KomoV.313 Opo, ShitaV.314 KwamaV.315 Gule

V.32 GUMUZ

V.321 Gumuz


V.4 CENTRAL SUDANIC (Bender 1997)

V.401 Badha, Lendu

V.41-V.43 BONGO-BAGIRMI

V.411 Sar, Nar, Sara MajingayV.412 Mbay, NgamV.413 Barma, BagirmiV.414 Naba, Kodoi, incl. Kuka, Bilala, MedogoV.415 KengaV.416 Ngambai, LakaV.417 Kaba of GozeV.418 Doba, Gulay, BediondoV.419 Kaba Dunjo, Kaba Deme, Sara KabaV.421 DagbaV.422 Ruto, Lutos, ValeV.423 Yulu, BingaV.424 Fer, KaraV.425 Gula MamounV.426 Fongoro, GeleV.427 Shemya, SinyarV.428 Birri, ViriV.429 Furu, BageroV.431 BongoV.432 B’eli, Jur Beli, Jur ModoV.433 BakaV.434 Morokodo, Mittu, Wetu, BitiV.435 Mo’da, Gberi

V.44 MORU-MADI (Bender 1997, Boone & Watson 1998)

V.441 MoruV.442 AvukayaV.443 LogoV.444 Keliko, incl. OmiV.445 Lugbara (“High Lugbara”)V.446 Aringa (“Low Lugbara”)V.447 Madi, incl. Lulubo, Okollo

V.45 free

V.46 MANGBUTU-EFE

V.461 MangbutuV.462 NdoV.463 Mamvu, Balese (Mbuti), Efe, Mvuba

V.47 MANGBETU-ASUA

V.471 MangbetuV.472 Asua, Aka


V.48 KRESH-AJA

V.481 Kresh, KparaV.482 Aja

V.5 MISCELLANEOUS NILOSAHARAN ‘SATELLITES’ (Bender 1997)

V.51 MABAN

V.511 Bora-Mabang, MabaV.512 Aiki, incl. Kibet, Aiki-RungaV.513 Masalit, Massalat, SurbakhalV.514 Mimi, (Nachtigal’s) MimiV.515 Kendeje, YaaliV.516 ? Karanga-Bakha

V.52 FORAN

V.521 For, Fur, KondjaraV.522 Amdang, (Jungraithmayr’s) Mimi

V.53 BERTA

V.531 Berta

V.54 KUNAMA

V.541 Kunama

V.6 SAHARAN (Bender 1997)

V.61 KANURI-KANEMBU

V.611 Kanuri, BornoV.612 Kanembu

V.62 TEDA-DAZA

V.621 TedaV.622 Daza, Tubbu

V.63 BERI

V.631 Zaghawa, BeriaV.632 BideyatV.633 Berti

V.7 KULIAK (Bender 1997)

V.711 NyangiV.721 Ik, TeusoV.731 Soo (Tepeth-Napak-Kadam)


V.8 SONGAI (Nicolai & Zima 1997)

V.81 NORTH SONGHAY (Rueck & Christiansen 2001)

V.811 Korandje (in Algeria)V.812 TasawaqV.813 TadaksahakV.814 Thihishit, Tagdal

V.82 WEST SONGHAY

V.821 Koyra Chiini (at Timbouctou)V.822 Djenne Chiini

V.83 EAST SONGHAY

V.831 Koyraboro Senni (at Gao)

V.84 CENTRAL SONGHAY

V.841 Humburi Senni

V.85 SOUTH SONGHAY (Harrison, Harrison & Rueck 1997)

V.851 DendiV.852 Zarma, DjermaV.853 Kaado


THE KHOESAN LANGUAGES (W)

W.001 East ≠HuaW.002 Kwadi

W.1 JU (NORTH KHOESAN)

W.111 North !XunW.112 !XungW.113 Ju/’hoanW.114 //Kx’au-//eisi, Auen

W.2 KWI (!UI-TAA, TUU, SOUTH KHOESAN)

W.211 !Xoo, Taa, incl. N/gamani, N/u//en, Krönlein’s N/usanW.221 /’Auni, Ki/hazi, Xatia, incl. Hahn’s N/usaW.222 N/uu, ≠Khomani, N/hukiW.223 ≠Unkwe, //Kx’auW.224 //Ku-//’keW.225 ? Boshof Bushman

W.231 /Xam, incl. Müller’s N≠usaW.232 N//g-!ke, Eland BushmanW.233 !Khuai, Lichenstein’s Bushman

W.241 !Ga-!neW.242 Seroa, incl. Arbousset’s Khuai, Wuras’ Bushman, MalutiW.243 //Xegwi

W.3 KHWE (CENTRAL KHOESAN)

W.311 Khoekhoe(gowab), Nama/DamaraW.311a — ≠AkhoeW.311b — Hai//omW.311c — Sesfontein DamaW.311d — Central Dama, incl. NamidamaW.311e — ≠Aoni, TopnaarsW.311f — Central NamaW.312 Xiri, GrikwaW.313 !Ora, Korana

W.320 Kxoe cluster, incl. Buga-kxoe, //Ani-kxoeW.330 Naro cluster, incl. Naro, N/haintse, Ts’ao-khoeW.340 G//ana cluster, incl. /Gui, G//anaW.350 Shua cluster, incl. Shua, Danisa, Teti, !HukweW.360 Tshwa cluster, incl. Cuaa, Mohisa, Ganadi, Hietsware

W.4 SANDAWE, EAST AFRICAN “KHOESAN”

W.401 Sandawe

W.5 HADZA, EAST AFRICAN “KHOESAN”

W.501 Hadza, “Kindiga”


JFM © 2006

JU

KWI

KHWE

EAST ≠≠≠≠HÙÃ

HADZA

SANDAWE

KWADI(extinct)

EXTINCT KWI LANGUAGES

KHOESAN LANGUAGES


THE AFROASIATIC LANGUAGES (X)

X.1 BERBER

X.101 Numidian, Ancient BerberX.102 Guanche, Canary Island Berber

X.111 Atlas Berber, incl. Tashelhait, Tarifit, Tamazigt, KabyleX.121 Zenati Berber, incl. Tdikelt, Tumzabt, Tagargrent, ChaouiaX.131 NefusiX.141 Siwi, East Berber (incl. Aoudjila? Sawknah?)X.151 TuaregX.151a — Tamahaq, incl. Ahaggar, Ghat, TamanrasetX.151b — Tamajeq, incl. Tawalammat, TayartX.161 Zenaga, West Berber

X.2 SEMITIC

X.201 UgariticX.202 Akkadian, incl. Assyrian, Babylonian

X.21 CENTRAL SEMITIC

X.211 ArabicX.211a — Arabiyya, Qur’an ArabicX.211b — Modern Standard ArabicX.211c — Hassaniya ArabicX.211d — Magreb Arabic, incl. Tunisian, Algerian, MoroccanX.211e — Settler Arabic, incl. Madani, Qurawi, Judeo-Tunisian, Judeo-MoroccanX.211f — Sulaimitian Arabic, incl. Libyan ArabicX.211g — Egyptian Arabic = Delta Arabic, CaireneX.211h — Sa‘idi Arabic, Upper Egyptian ArabicX.211i — Sudanese Arabic, incl. BaggaraX.211j — Shua Arabic, Chad ArabicX.211k — East Egyptian ArabicX.211l — South Levantine ArabicX.211m — Omani Arabic, Zanzibar Arabic, East African ArabicX.211n — Hadrami ArabicX.211o — Ta‘izzi-Adeni Arabic, Djibouti ArabicX.211p — Hijazi ArabicX.211q — MalteseX.211r — Soqotri ArabicX.212 Phoenecian, PunicX.213 HebrewX.214 Aramaic


JFM © 2006

Berber

Semitic

Cushitic

Chadic

Omotic

AFROASIATIC LANGUAGES


JFM © 2006

Major Arabic-speaking area

Minor Arabic-speaking area

X.211c

X.211d

X.211f

X.211eX.211g

X.211i

X.211h

X.211j

X.211k

X.211nX.211oX.211p

X.211m

SPOKEN VARIETIES OF ARABIC


JFM © 2006

ARABIC AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE


X.22-X.24 SOUTH SEMITIC (ETHIO-SEMITIC)

X.22 NORTH ETHIOPIC

X.221 Ge’ez, Ancient EthiopicX.222 TigreX.223 TigrinyaX.224 Dahlak, Dahalik

X.23-X.24 SOUTH ETHIOPIC

X.231 AmharicX.232 ArgobbaX.233 HarariX.234 Gafat

X.24 GURAGE

X.241 East GurageX.241a — SeltiX.241b — UlbaregX.241c — WolaneX.241d — EnneqorX.242 Soddo-Gogot, North GurageX.243 West GurageX.243a — EzhaX.243b — ChahaX.243c — GumerX.243d — GuraX.243e — GyetoX.243f — EnnemorX.243g — EndegenX.243h — EnerX.243i — MesqanX.243j — MuherX.244 MesmesX.245 Zway

X.3 CUSHITIC

X.31 NORTH CUSHITIC

X.311 Beja

X.32 CENTRAL CUSHITIC

X.321 Bilin, North AgawX.322 Kemant, West AgawX.323 Kwara, FalashaX.324 Xamtanga, Chamir, East Agaw, Central AgawX.325 Awngi, South AgawX.326 Kunfel


X.33 HIGHLAND EAST CUSHITIC

X.331 BurjiX.332 Darasa, GedeoX.333 KambaataX.334 AlabaX.335 SidamoX.336 Hadiyya

X.34-X.35 LOWLAND EAST CUSHITIC

X.341 Saho-AfarX.342 Oromo (incl. Borana, Gabra, etc.)X.343 Orma, South Oromo (incl. Waata)X.344 SomaliX.345 KonsoidX.345a — GidoleX.345b — BussaX.345c — KonsoX.351 RendilleX.352 Boni, AweeraX.353 Sanye, WaataX.354 ElmoloX.355 ArboreX.356 BaysoX.357 DhaasanacX.358 ? Boon

X.36 YAAKU-DULLAY

X.361 YaakuX.362 Dullay, Werizoid, incl. Gorose, Harso, Tsamay

X.37 SOUTH CUSHITIC

X.371 DahaloX.372 IraqwX.373 GorowaX.374 BurungeX.375 AlagwaX.376 Aasax, AsaX.377 KwadzaX.378 Taita Cushitic A & B

X.4 OMOTIC (Bender 2000)

X.41-X.47 NORTH OMOTIC

X.41-X.45 GIMOJAN

X.411 Chara


X.42 OMETO

X.421 KooreteX.422 Zayse, ZergullaX.423 Kachama, GanjuleX.424 Wolaytta, Dorze, Gofa, Gamo, Dawro (Kullo)X.425 Malo/MeloX.426 OydaX.427 BaskettoX.428 MaleX.429 ? Balta

X.43 free

X.44 GIMIRA

X.441 Gimira, incl. Bench, Shee, Mer

X.45 YEM

X.451 Yem, Yemsa, Janjero

X.46 KEFOID (GONGA)

X.461 Kefa, incl. Mocha, Shekacco-BoshaX.462 AnfilloX.463 Shinasha, Boro

X.47 DIZOID

X.471 Dizi, MajiX.472 NayiX.473 Sheko

X.48 MAO (REMNANT OMOTIC)

X.481 GanzaX.482 BambassiX.483 SezoX.484 Hozo

X.49 AROID (SOUTH OMOTIC)

X.491 AariX.492 Hamar cluster, incl. Hamar, Banna, Bashada, KaraX.493 Dime

X.5 CHADIC

X.501 LuriX.502 BusoX.503 ShiraX.504 TeshenaX.505 Auyo


X.51-X.52 WEST CHADIC

X.511 Hausa-GwandaraX.511a — HausaX.511b — GwandaraX.512 Bole-Karekare clusterX.512a — GalambuX.512b — GeraX.512c — KubiX.512d — GerumaX.512e — DenoX.512f — GiiwoX.512g — BureX.512h — DazaX.512i — KarekareX.512j — MaakaX.512k — NgamoX.512l — BoleX.512m — BeeleX.513 Tangale clusterX.513a — TangaleX.513b — PeroX.513c — KholokX.513d — KuptoX.513e — KwaamiX.513f — PiyaX.513g — NyamX.513h — KushiX.513i — DeraX.514 Sura-Goemai-Angas clusterX.514a — AngasX.514b — KofyarX.514c — MishipX.514d — MwaghavulX.514e — JortoX.514f — GoemaiX.514g — KoenoemX.514h — MontolX.514i — PyapunX.514j — TalX.514k — YiwomX.515 Ron clusterX.515a — RonX.515b — KulereX.515c — KarfaX.515d — ShagawuX.516 Fyer-Tambas clusterX.516a — FyerX.516b — TambasX.516c — MundatX.517 Bade-Ngizim clusterX.517a — NgizimX.517b — BadeX.517c — Duwai


X.518 North Bauchi clusterX.518a — SiriX.518b — Pa’aX.518c — WarjiX.518d — KariyaX.518e — ZumbunX.518f — DiriX.518g — AjanciX.518h — MburkuX.518i — MiyaX.518j — Ciwogai

X.520 South Bauchi groupX.521 Boghom clusterX.521a — BoghomX.521b — JimiX.521c — Kirr-BalarX.521d — MangasX.522 Guruntum clusterX.522a — Guruntum-MbaaruX.522b — JuX.522c — TalaX.522d — ZangwalX.523 Barawa clusterX.523a — GejiX.523b — PolchiX.523c — Zeem cluster, incl. Zeem, Danshe, Lushi, DyarumX.523d — DassX.523e — ZariX.523f — Saya

X.53-X.54 CENTRAL CHADIC (BIU-MANDARA)

X.531 Tera-Ga’anda clusterX.531a — TeraX.531b — JaraX.531c — Ga’andaX.531d — HwanaX.531e — BogaX.531f — NgwabaX.532 Bura-Margi clusterX.532a — Bura-PabirX.532b — HubaX.532c — ChibakX.532d — NggwahyiX.532e — MargiX.532f — South MargiX.532g — PutaiX.532h — KofaX.533 Higi clusterX.533a — HigiX.533b — Hya


X.534 Mandara-Lamang clusterX.534a — LamangX.534b — GvokoX.534c — DghwedeX.534d — Guduf-GavaX.534e — GlavdaX.534f — WandalaX.534g — ParekwaX.534h — HdiX.534i — Vemgo-MabasX.534j — CenaX.534k — CineneX.535 Mafa-Mofu clusterX.535a — MofuX.535b — MafaX.535c — MadaX.535d — PelaslaX.535e — CuvokX.535f — DugworX.535g — MefeleX.535h — Gemzek-ZulgoX.535i — North GizigaX.535j — Giziga-MuturwaX.535k — MukteleX.535l — MbukoX.535m — MelokwoX.535n — MereyX.535o — OuldemeX.535p — BaldemuX.535q — MuyangX.536 SukurX.537 Daba clusterX.537a — GawarX.537b — DabaX.537c — BuwalX.537d — MinaX.537e — MbedamX.538 Bata-Bachama clusterX.538a — BachamaX.538b — GuduX.538c — NzangiX.538d — GudeX.538e — Bana-FaliX.538f — Holma?X.538g — ZizilivakanX.538h — BataX.538i — TsuvanX.538j — SharwaX.538k — JimiX.539 GidarX.541 Kotoko-Yedina clusterX.541a — YedinaX.541b — KotokoX.542 Musgu clusterX.542a — MusguX.542b — MuskumX.542c — Mbara


X.55 MASA

X.551 MuseyX.552 MasaX.553 ZumayaX.554 MarbaX.555 MesmeX.556 HerdeX.557 NgeteX.558 Peve

X.56 EAST CHADIC

X.561 Sumray-Miltu clusterX.561a — TumakX.561b — ModX.561c — SomrayX.561d — GadangX.561e — SaruaX.561f — MiltuX.561g — BoorX.561h — NdamX.561i — MireX.562 Nancere-Gabri clusterX.562a — LeleX.562b — NancereX.562c — KabalaiX.562d — GabriX.562e — Gabri-KimreX.562f — TobangaX.563 Kwang-Kera clusterX.563a — KeraX.563b — KwangX.564 Dangla-Migama clusterX.564a — MahwaX.564b — DangaleatX.564c — MasmajeX.564d — BidiyoX.564e — MigamaX.564f — ToramX.564g — BirgitX.564h — KajakseX.564i — MubiX.564j — UbiX.564k — MogumX.564l — Mabire?X.564m — ZirenkelX.565 Mokilku, MokuluX.566 Sokoro clusterX.566a — BarainX.566b — SokoroX.566c — Saba


X.6 ANCIENT EGYPTIAN & COPTIC (Gardiner 1957:5)

X.611 Old EgyptianX.612 Middle EgyptianX.613 Late EgyptianX.621 DemoticX.631 Coptic


REMNANT, UNCLASSIFIED, OTHER LANGUAGES (Y)

Y.0 UNCLASSIFIED AFRICAN LANGUAGES

Y.001 Meroitic of (Ancient) Sudan extinct Map: 1Y.002 Bete of Nigeria Map: 2Y.003 Lufu of Nigeria extinct Map: 3Y.004 Gomba of Ethiopia extinct Map: 4Y.005 Hamba of Tanzania extinct Map: 5Y.006 Weyto of Ethiopia extinct Map: 6Y.007 Kujarge of Chad/Sudan Map: 7Y.008 Oropom of Uganda nonexistent? Map: 8Y.009 Nemadi of Mali, Mauritania Map: 9Y.010 (unused code) —Y.011 ? Imeraguen of Mauritania Map: 11Y.012 ? Wutana of Nigeria probably nonexistent Map: 12Y.013 Cen Tuum, Jalaa of Nigeria extinct? Map: 13Y.014 Laal of Chad Map: 14Y.015 Shabo, Mikeyr of Ethiopa Map: 15Y.016 Ongota, Birale, Shanqilla of Ethiopia Map: 16Y.017 ? Mawa of Nigeria extinct Map: 17Y.018 Bung of Cameroon extinct Map: 18 : :Y.099 Sumerian extinct (and not African!) —

PREVIOUSLY AND/OR ELSEWHERE LISTED AS UNCLASSIFIED LANGUAGES

Ambo of Nigeria > unclassified Benue-Congo language (T.009)Bangi-me of Mali > Dogon (U.001)Hwla of Togo > presum. a variety of Gbe/Ewe (U.181)Kara of Central African Rep. > the same as Fer/Kara (V.424)Kwavi, Parakuyo of Tanzania > a Nilotic language (V.133)Luo, Kasabe of Cameroon extinct > Mambiloid (T.111)Mlengue, Balengue of Equatorial Guinea > a Bantu language (B.211)Rer Bare, Adona of Ethiopia > presum. a variety of Somali (X.344)Yauma of Angola > presum. a variety of Mbunda (K.15)Yeni of Cameroon extinct > presum. Mambiloid (T.111)


JFM © 2008

1

23 4

5

67

8

9

12

13

1415

16

17

18

11

21

123456789101112131415161718

Meroitic †BeteLufu †Gomba †Hamba †Weyto †KujargeOropom (?)Nemadi(not used)ImeraguenWutana (?)Cen Tuum / JalaaLaalShabo / MikeyrOngota / BiraleMawa †Bung †

UNCLASSIFIED LANGUAGES IN AFRICA


Y.1 HISTORICAL KINGDOMS, PEOPLES, AND PLACES(Such that seem to require separate codes.)

Y.101 Zanj, Zinj, AzaniaY.102 Punt, Puanit (2500-1450BCE), exact location unknownY.103 Aksum, Axum (400BCE-1000CE)Y.104 The Zimbabwe ComplexY.104a — Leopard’s Kopje (900-1100), archaeological siteY.104b — Great Zimbabwe (1000-1450)Y.104c — Mwene Mutapa, Monomotapa (1450-1700)Y.104d — Butua (Torwa) Kingdom (1450-1680)Y.104e — Rozwi Kingdom (1680-1830)Y.105 Maravi Kingdom (1600-1800)Y.106 Ghana Empire (800-1250)Y.107 Mali Empire (1230-1600)Y.108 Nok culture (600BCE-200CE), archaeological site(s)Y.109 Funj Sultanate of Sennar (1500-1820)Y.110 (code not used)Y.111 North African Islamic ComplexY.111a — Early Arab Caliphate (c.600-c.800)Y.111b — Idrisids (790-990)Y.111c — Aghlabids (800-910)Y.111d — Tulunids (868-905)Y.111e — Fatimids (910-1171)Y.111f — Almoravids (1070-1150)Y.111g — Almohads (1120-1270)Y.111h — Ayyubids (1175-1254)Y.111i — Marinids (1195-1465)Y.111j — Ziyanids (1235-1555)Y.111k — Hafsids (1230-1575)Y.111l — Mamluks (1250-1517)Y.111m — Moroccan Empire (1640-1912)Y.111n — Beyliks of Tunisia (1705-1881)


JFM © 2008

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1234567891011

ZanjPuntAksumThe Zimbabwe ComplexMaraviGhanaMaliNokFunj(not used)North African Complex

| Leopard’s Kopje| Great Zimbabwe| Mwene Mutapa| Butua/Torwa| Rozwi

\_

8

9

11

11

1111

SELECT HISTORICAL KINGDOMS, PEOPLES AND PLACES


Y.2 EUROPEAN 1: GERMANIC LANGUAGES & PEOPLES

Y.201 Vandals [sic]

Y.211 AfrikaansY.211a — Cape DutchY.211b — Cape AfrikaansY.211c — Orange River AfrikaansY.211d — Rehoboth AfrikaansY.211e — East Cape AfrikaansY.211f — North-East Afrikaans, Vaal Afrikaans

Y.221 Dutch, FlemishY.222 Belgian(s) [sic]

Y.231 German/s (unspecified)Y.231a — German in Namibia, incl. Südwester-DeutschY.232 Swiss [sic]Y.233 Yiddish, Judeo-German

Y.241 Standard (British) English, unspecified EnglishY.242 English in southern AfricanY.242a — South African “White” EnglishY.242b — South African “Black” English, incl. Xhosa English, Zulu English, etc.Y.242c — South African Indian EnglishY.242d — Afrikaans EnglishY.242e — English in Namibia, incl. NamlishY.242f — English in BotswanaY.242g — English in ZimbabweY.242h — English in ZambiaY.242i — English in MalawiY.242j — English in MozambiqueY.243 English in eastern AfricanY.243a — English in TanzaniaY.243b — English in KenyaY.243c — English in UgandaY.243d — English in RwandaY.243e — English in SudanY.243f — English in EgyptY.243g — English in EritreaY.244 English in western AfricanY.244a — English in CameroonY.244b — English in NigeriaY.244c — English in GhanaY.244d — English in LiberiaY.244e — English in Sierra LeoneY.244f — English in GambiaY.245 English on the Atlantic islandsY.245a — English on Ascension IslandY.245b — English on St HelenaY.245c — English on Tristan da Cunha

Y.251 free

Y.261 SwedishY.262 DanishY.263 Norwegian


JFM © 2006

ENGLISH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE


JFM © 2006

FRENCH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE


JFM © 2006

PORTUGUESE AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE


JFM © 2006

SPANISH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE


AfrikaansNdebeleNorth SothoSouth SothoTswanaSwatiTsongaVendaXhosaZulu JFM © 2006

Sango

Rwanda

Rundi

Tigrinya

Amharic

Setswana

Malagasy

Sesotho

Chichewa

Swahili

Swahili

Swati

Somali

AfrikaansJu/hoanKhoekhoegowabOshiwamboOtjihereroRukwangaliRumanyoThimbukushuSilozi

AFRICAN LANGUAGES AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGES(usually in addition to a European language)


Y.3 EUROPEAN 2: ROMANCE LANGUAGES & PEOPLES

Y.311 LatinY.321 Italian(s)Y.331 FrenchY.341 SpanishY.351 Portuguese

Y.4 EUROPEAN 3: MISCELLANEOUS EUROPEAN & EURASIAN LANGUAGES

Y.411 Greek(s)Y.412 Armenian(s)

Y.42 SLAVIC, BALTIC

Y.43-Y.46 free

Y.47 FINNO-UGRIC

Y.471 Finnish

Y.48 ALTAIC

Y.481 Turkish

Y.49 UNCLASSIFIED EUROPEAN/EURASIAN LANGUAGES

Y.491 Basque(s)

Y.5 INDIAN (SOUTH ASIAN) LANGUAGES

Y.51-Y.52 INDOARYAN

Y.511 Hindi )Y.512 Urdu )Y.513 Bhojpuri ) Y.51 = HindustaniY.513a — Mauritian Bhojpuri )Y.514 Punjabi )

Y.521 GujaratiY.522 CutchiY.523 KonkaniY.524 SindhiY.525 DomariY.526 MarathiY.527 Bengali

Y.53 IRANIAN

Y.531 BalochiY.532 Persian

Y.54 DRAVIDIAN

Y.541 TamilY.542 Telugu


Y.6 EAST ASIAN, SOUTH EAST ASIAN, OCEANIC & AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES

Y.601 JapaneseY.602 Korean

Y.61 SINOTIBETAN

Y.611 ChineseY.611a — MandarinY.611b — Yue, CantoneseY.611c — HakkaY.612 Burmese

Y.62 AUSTROASIATIC

Y.621 Vietnamese

Y.63 TAI-KADAI

Y.64 HMONG-MIEN

Y.65 free

Y.66 AUSTRONESIAN (MALAYO-POLYNESIAN)

Y.661 MalagasyY.662 MalayY.663 Indonesian

Y.67 PAPUAN

Y.68 AUSTRALIAN

Y.69 AMERICAN

Y.7 unused

Y.8 unused

Y.9 SIGN LANGUAGES

Y.900 (nonspecified code, accompanied by country code)


“NEW” LANGUAGES IN AFRICA (Z)

--- ARTIFICIAL LANGUAGES : : Z.000a Afrihili, artificial —

--- BASED ON INDIGENOUS AFRICAN LANGUAGES = AFROPHONE : : Z.A.20a Jo, “Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg” Map: A20 : Z.A.70a Ewondo Populaire, Pidgin A.70 Map: A1 : Z.C.30a Bangala (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A16 : Z.C.30b Lingala (Congo-Kinshasa, Congo-Brazzaville) Map: A19 : Z.D.20a Gengele (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A14 : Z.D.20b Vamba (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A17 : Z.E.10a Runyakitara (Uganda), artificial Map: A15 : Z.G.20a Ma’a, Inner Mbugu (Tanzania) Map: A7 : Z.G.40a Asian Swahili (Kenya, Uganda) Map: A4a : Z.G.40b Cutchi-Swahili (Kenya) Map: A4a : Z.G.40c Kisetla (Kenya, Congo-Kinshasa?) Map: A4a : Z.G.40d Engsh (Nairobi) Map: A4b : Z.G.40e Sheng (Nairobi) Map: A4b : Z.G.40f Shaba/Katanga/Lubumbashi Swahili Map: A4c : Z.G.40g Kingwana (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A4d : Z.G.40h KiKAR, Kikeya (Kenya) Map: A13 : Z.H.10a Kituba Map: A2a : Z.H.10b Munukutuba Map: A2b : Z.H.10c Habla Congo (Cuba) (Americas) : Z.H.10d Calunga (Brazil) (Americas) : Z.L.30a Pidgin Chiluba (Congo-Kinshasa) (?) Map: A9 : Z.M.40a Town Bemba (Zambia) Map: A6 : Z.N.40a Chikunda (Lower Zambezi) Map: A18 : Z.S.30a Pretoria-Sotho Map: A10 : Z.S.40a Fanagalo, Kitchen Kafir Map: A5a : : — Chilapalapa (Zimbabwe) Map: A5b : : — Chikabanga (Zambia) Map: A5c : Z.S.40b Iscamtho (Urban South Africa) Map: A5a : Z.S.40c Shalambombo (Johannesburg) Map: A5a : Z.S.50a Pretoria-Tsonga Map: A5a : Z.T.910a Lucumi, Cuban Yoruba (Cuba) (Americas) : Z.T.910b Trinidad Yoruba (Trinidad) (Americas) : Z.U.450a Sango Riverain [Ubangi-based] Map: A3 : Z.U.810a Pidgin Fula, Koine Fula (Cameroon) Map: A12 : Z.X.510a Pidgin Hausa, Barikanci (Nigeria) Map: A8 : Z.X.510b Gibanawa, Jega (Nigeria) Map: A8 : ??? Kouriya (Afroasiatic-based?) Map: A11


Ar1

Ar3

Ar5

Ar6

Ar7

Ar4?

Ar4?

(Ar2)

A10A5a

A1 A16

A19

A15

A7A9

A6

A18

A12 A3

A8

A11

A4a

A4b

A4c

A4dA2a

A2b

A5c

A5b

A13A14?A17?

JFM © 2007

Ar7 AAr

Based on:African languagesArabic

A20

“NEW” LANGUAGES BASED ON AFRICAN LANGUAGES(incl. Arabic)


Af1Af2?

D1

E1

E2

E3aE3b E4E5

E6

E7

E8c

I1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

P1

P2

P4P5

P6

(P3)JFM © 2007

E8b

E8a

AfDEIFP

Based on:AfrikaansDutchEnglishItalianFrenchPortuguese

“NEW” LANGUAGES BASED ON INDOEUROPEAN LANGUAGES


Z.X.211 ARABIC-BASED = ARABOPHONE : : Z.X.210a Maridi Arabic extinct (exact loc. unknown) Map: Ar7 : Z.X.210b Tekrur, Babalia Map: Ar1 : Z.X.210c Galgaliya Map: Ar3 : Z.X.210d Turku extinct Map: Ar2 : Z.X.210e Nubi, Kinubi Map: Ar5 : Z.X.210f Juba Arabic Map: Ar4 : Z.X.210g Ethiopian Pidgin Arabic Map: Ar6 : Z.X.210h Ghous Moroccan secret language Map: Ar7

Z.Y.210 AFRIKAANS-BASED = AFRIKOPHONE : : Z.Y.210a Tsotsitaal, Vlytaal, Vlaaitaal, Flaaitaal Map: Af1 : Z.Y.210b Oorlams Afrikaans (?) Map: Af2

Z.Y.220 DUTCH-BASED : : Z.Y.220a Hottentot Dutch extinct Map: D1 : Z.Y.220b Skepi Dutch Creole extinct (Americas) : Z.Y.220c Negerhollands extinct (Americas) : Z.Y.220d Berbice Dutch Creole extinct (Americas)

Z.Y.240 ENGLISH-BASED = ANGLOPHONE : : Z.Y.240a Gambian Krio, Aku Map: E1 : Z.Y.240b Krio (Sierra Leone) Map: E2 : Z.Y.240c Jargon English (Sierra Leone) extinct Map: E2 : Z.Y.240d Liberian Pidgin English, Brokes, Kwásai Map: E3a : Z.Y.240e Merico, Liberian Settler English Map: E3b : Z.Y.240f Ghanaian Pidgin English Map: E4 : Z.Y.240g Nigerian Pidgin English, Brokin Map: E5 : Z.Y.240h Kamtok, Cameroons Pidgin English, Bush English Map: E6 : Z.Y.240i Fernando Po Creole, Porto Talk Map: E7 : (Y.245a) (Ascension Isl. English) Map: E8a : (Y.245b) (St Helena English) Map: E8b : (Y.245c) (Tristan da Cunha English) Map: E8c

Z.Y.320 ITALIAN-BASED = ITALOPHONE : : Z.Y.320a Asmara Pidgin Italian Map: I1

Z.Y.330 FRENCH-BASED = FRANCOPHONE : : Z.Y.330a North African Pidgin French, Petit Maresque Map: F2 : Z.Y.330b West African Pidgin French, Petit-Nègre, Pitinègue Map: F1 : Z.Y.330c Réunionnais Map: F6 : Z.Y.330d Morisyen, Mauritian French Creole Map: F4 : : — Rodrigues French Creole Map: F5 : Z.Y.330e Seselwa, Seychellois Map: F3 : : — Ilois — : Z.Y.330f Camfranglais, Camspeak, Majunga Talk Map: F7


Z.Y.340 SPANISH-BASED = IBEROPHONE : : Z.Y.340a Palenquero, incl. Lumbalú (Americas)

Z.Y.350 PORTUGUESE-BASED = LUSOPHONE : : Z.Y.350a Cabo Verdian, Kabuverdianu Map: P2 : Z.Y.350b Kryol (Senegal) & Crioulu (Guinea-Bissau) Map: P1 : Z.Y.350e Gulf of Guinea Portuguese Creole : : — São Tomé Crioulu Map: P4 : : — Príncipe Crioulu Map: P5 : : — Angolar Crioulu (São Tomé) Map: P4 : : — Annobon Crioulu (Eq. Guinea) Map: P6 : Z.Y.350m Malayo-Portuguese extinct Map: P3 : Z.Y.350p Papiamentu (Americas)


4.2 The areal codes (set 2)

The areal codes have been tailor-made for EBALL, and may not reflect colloquialusages of phrases such as ‘Western Africa’, ‘Central Africa’, and so on. Note that theregional codes are overlapping, so that some countries, e.g. Chad, belong to severalregions.

The first list below (i.e. the one on this page) contains an alphabetical listing of allareal codes. On the following pages, there are a few thematically organised lists.

AFR Africa in generalALG AlgeriaAMR The AmericasANG AngolaAQG Equatorial GuineaASC Ascension (Br.)ASI AsiaAST AustraliaBAT British African TerritoriesBNN BeninBRK Burkina FasoBRN BurundiBTS BotswanaCAF Central AfricaCAR Central African RepublicCHA Chagos Archipelago (Br.)CHD ChadCIV Côte d’IvoireCMI Comorro IslandsCMR CameroonCNG Congo-BrazzavilleCNI Canary Islands (Sp.)CVI Cape Verde IslandsDJB DjiboutiDRC Dem. Rep. of CongoEAF Eastern AfricaEGP EgyptERP EuropeERT EritreaETH EthiopiaFAT French African TerritoriesGBN GabonGHN GhanaGMB GambiaGNA GuineaGNB Guinea-BissauKNY KenyaLBR LiberiaLBY LibyaLST Lesotho

MDG MadagaskarMDR Madeira (Port.), incl. SelvagensMLI MaliMLT MaltaMLW MalawiMRC MoroccoMRS MauritiusMRT MauretaniaMTT Mayotte (Fr.)MZM MozambiqueNAF Northern AfricaNAM North AmericaNEA North-Eastern AfricaNGA NigeriaNGR NigerNMB NamibiaPAT Portuguese African TerritoriesRNN Réunion (Fr.)RSA Rep. of South AfricaRWN RwandaSAF Southern AfricaSAM South AmericaSAT Spanish African TerritoriesSCH SeychellesSDN SudanSML SomaliaSNA Spanish North Africa (Sp.)SNG SenegalSRL Sierra LeoneSSA Sub-Saharan Africa in generalSTH Saint Helena (Br.)STP São Tomé & PríncipeSWZ SwazilandTDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.)TGO TogoTNS TunisiaTNZ TanzaniaUGN UgandaWAF Western AfricaWSH Western SaharaZBW ZimbabweZMB ZambiaZNZ Zanzibar


ang

alg

bnn

bts

brk

brn

cmr

cvi

car

chd

cmi

cngdrc

civ

djb

egp

eqg

ert

eth

gbn

gmb

ghn

gnagnb

kny

lst

lbr

lby

mdg

mlw

mli

mrt

mrs

mrc

mzm

nmb

ngr

nga

rwn

stp

sng

sch

srl

sml

rsa

sdn

swz

tnz

tgo

tns

ugn

zmb

zbw

(mdr)

(cni)

(wsh)

(asc)

(sth)

(tdc)

(rnn)

(mtt)

(sna)

THE COUNTRY CODES(Codes in parentheses refer to non-independent territories.)


ASC

TDC

STH

BAT British African Territories : : ASC Ascension : CHA Chagos Archipelago (not in map) : STH Saint Helena : TDC Tristan da Cunha

MDR

PAT Portuguese African Territories : : MDR Madeira (incl. Selvagens)

RNN

MTT

FAT French African Territories : : MTT Mayotte : RNN Réunion : --- (uninhabited islands, no code)

CNI SNA

SAT Spanish African Territories : : CNI Canary Islands : SNA Spanish North Africa


WAF

CAF Central Africa : : CAR Central African Republic : CHD Chad : CMR Cameroon : CNG Congo : DRC Dem. Rep. of Congo : EQG Equatorial Guinea : GBN Gabon : STP São Tomé & Príncipe

NEA

WAF Western Africa : : ASC Ascension (Br.) : BNN Benin : BRK Burkina Faso : CMR Cameroon : CHD Chad : CIV Côte d’Ivoire : CVI Cape Verde Islands : GMB Gambia : GHN Ghana : GNA Guinea : GNB Guinea-Bissau : LBR Liberia : MLT Mali : MRT Mauretania : NGA Nigeria : NGR Niger : SNG Senegal : SRL Sierra Leone : STH Saint Helena (Br.) : STP São Tomé & Príncipe : TDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.) : TGO Togo

CAF

NEA North-Eastern Africa : : DJB Djibouti : ERT Eritrea : ETH Ethiopia : KNY Kenya : SML Somalia : SDN Sudan : UGN Uganda


EAF Eastern Africa : : BRN Burundi : CHA Chagos Archipelago (Br.) : CMI Comorro Islands : KNY Kenya : MDG Madagaskar : MLW Malawi : MRS Mauritius : MTT Mayotte (Fr.) : MZM Mozambique : RNN Réunion (Fr.) : RWN Rwanda : SCH Seychelles : TNZ Tanzania : UGN Uganda : ZNZ Zanzibar

SAF

NAF Northern Africa : : ALG Algeria : CNI Canary Islands (Sp.) : EGP Egypt : LBY Libya : MDR Madeira (Port.) : MLT Malta : MRC Morocco : MRT Mauretania : SNA Spanish North Africa (Sp.) : TNS Tunisia : WSH Western Sahara

EAF

SAF Southern Africa : : ANG Angola : BTS Botswana : LST Lesotho : MLW Malawi : MZM Mozambique : NMB Namibia : RSA Rep. of South Africa : SWZ Swaziland : ZBW Zimbabwe : ZMB Zambia

NAF


4.3 The general content codes (set 3)

The general content codes are the one that have been the least systematically used inEBALL. Some entries still lack proper content coding, and many of the coded onesneed to be double-checked for accuracy. This does not concern the linguistics-relatedentries, however, as all of them have been coded with at least ‹lng›.

ANT Anthropology, Ethnography, Sociology, Studies of people, societies & culturesARC Archaeology, Prehistory, Rock artBBL BibliographyBGN Biogenetics, Sero-genetics, Physical anthropologyBGR Biography, Autobiography, ObituaryCMP Computer programme, CD-ROMEDC Education, PedagogicsFLM Film, CinematographyFST FestschriftHST Recorded history, Recent history, Oral history -- excluding archaeology [ARC]ISL Islam, MuslimsLNG Linguistics, Language studies : DCT Dictionary, Lexicon, Longer word list : GRD Grammar description, Grammar book, Learners’ introduction : GRM Grammar, Morphology, Syntax, Grammaticalisation : : NEG Negation : : NCL Noun classes, Nominal categorisation : : TAM Tense-aspect-mood, Verb inflections, etc. : GRP Graphonomy, Reading/Writing, Literacy : LCL Language classification, Geolinguistics : LXL Lexical study, Semantic fields, Brief word list : : NMS Names, Onomastics, Toponymics : ORT Orthography, Spelling issues : PHN Phonetics, Phonology : : CLK Clicks : : TNL Tones, Tonology, Tonetics, Prosody : RCN Linguistic reconstruction, Proto-languages : SCL Sociolinguistics, Multilingualism, Language use : : LGP Language politics, Language planning : SDS Speech disorder study, Speech therapy : SMN Semantics, PragmaticsLTR Literature (oral and written), Mythology, Folklore, ProverbsMAP Map, CartographyMDA Media, JournalismMSS Christian missionaries, Christian churchesMTH MethodologyPRC Conference proceedingRVW Book review, Review articleSSS Social study of science, Meta-scientific studies, HistoriographySTT Statistics, Census dataTHS Thesis, Dissertation, MA, BA, etc.TRV Travel account, Travelogue


4.4 Alphabetical list of all three-letter codes (sets 2-3)

AFR Africa in generalALG AlgeriaAMR The AmericasANG AngolaANT Anthropology, SociologyAQG Equatorial GuineaARC Archaeology, Rock artASC Ascension (Br.)ASI AsiaAST AustraliaBAT British African Terr.BBL BibliographyBGN BiogeneticsBGR Biography, ObituaryBNN BeninBRK Burkina FasoBRN BurundiBTS BotswanaCAF Central AfricaCAR Central African RepublicCHA Chagos Arch. (Br.)CHD ChadCIV Côte d’IvoireCLK ClicksCMI Comorro IslandsCMP Computer programmeCMR CameroonCNI Canary Islands (Sp.)CNG Congo-BrazzavilleCVI Cape Verde IslandsDCT Dictionary, LexiconDJB DjiboutiDRC Dem. Rep. of CongoEAF Eastern AfricaEDC Education, PedagogicsEGP EgyptERP EuropeERT EritreaETH EthiopiaFAT French African Terr.FLM Film, CinematographyFST Festschrift

GBN GabonGHN GhanaGMB GambiaGNA GuineaGNB Guinea-BissauGRD Grammar descriptionGRM GrammarGRP Graphonomy, LiteracyHST Recorded historyISL Islam, MuslimsKNY KenyaLBR LiberiaLBY LibyaLCL Language classificationLGP Language politicsLNG LinguisticsLST LesothoLTR Literature, FolkloreLXL Lexical studyMAP Map, CartographyMDA Media, JournalismMDG MadagaskarMDR Madeira (Port.)MLI MaliMLT MaltaMLW MalawiMRC MoroccoMRS MauritiusMRT MauretaniaMSS Christian missionariesMTH MethodologyMTT Mayotte (Fr.)MZM MozambiqueNAF Northern AfricaNAM North AmericaNCL Noun classesNEA North-Eastern AfricaNEG NegationNGA NigeriaNGR NigerNMB NamibiaNMS Names, Toponymics

ORT Orthography, SpellingPAT Portuguese African Terr.PHN Phonetics, PhonologyPRC Conference proceedingRCN ReconstructionRNN Réunion (Fr.)RSA Rep. of South AfricaRVW ReviewRWN RwandaSAF Southern AfricaSAM South AmericaSAT Spanish African Terr.SCH SeychellesSCL SociolinguisticsSDN SudanSDS Speech disorder studySML SomaliaSMN Semantics, PragmaticsSNA Sp. North Africa (Sp.)SNG SenegalSRL Sierra LeoneSSA Sub-Saharan AfricaSSS Social study of scienceSTH Saint Helena (Br.)STP São Tomé & PríncipeSTT Statistics, Census dataSWZ SwazilandTAM Tense-aspect-mood-etc.TDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.)TGO TogoTHS Thesis, DissertationTNL Tones, ProsodyTNS TunisiaTNZ TanzaniaTRV TravelogueUGN UgandaWAF Western AfricaWSH Western SaharaZBW ZimbabweZMB ZambiaZNZ Zanzibar

PART V

BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCES

[Anon.] 1882. Catalogue of dictionaries and grammars of the principal languagesand dialects of the world: a guide for students and booksellers. 2nd edition,considerably enlarged and revised, with an alphabetical index. London: Trübner &Co. Pp viii, 95.

[Anon.] 1907/08. A catalogue of linguistic works in the library of the African Socie-ty. Journal of the African Soc., v. 7, p. 284-306, 410-429.

[Anon.] 1912. Supplement: a catalogue of linguistic works in the library of the Afri-can Society. Journal of the African Soc., v. 11, 44, p. 1-43.

[Anon.] 1942. Bibliography of current literature dealing with African languages andcultures. Journal of the Royal African Soc., v. 41, 162+164, p. 82-84, 209-212.

[Anon.] 1961. Historical theses on African subjects completed in Great Britain [at theInst. of Historical Research, Univ. of London, 1921-1960]. African studies bulle-tin, v. 4, 3, p. 1-9.

[Anon.] 1963. Obituary: Gérard Paul Lestrade, 1897-1962. African languages, v. 22,2, p. 91-95.

[Anon.] 1986. Index to the Research review (old series), v.1 (1965) - v.12 (1980).Research review from the Inst. of African Studies, Univ. of Ghana, new series, v. 2,1, p. 83-103.

[Anon.] 1992. Anthro-Books: current and antiquarian books on anthropology andAfrica, pt. 1-3. Leiden: Anthro-Books. Pp 30; 40; 48.

[Anon.] 1996. Publications de Gabriel Manessy. Linguistique africaine, v. 16, p. 9-18.

[Anon.] 1996b. Namibian books in print 1996/1997: a catalogue of books fromNamibia available through the book trade, including the Namibian Book WorldDirectory. 2nd edition. Windhoek: Association of Namibian Publ. (ANP); Natio-nal Library of Namibia. Pp 131.

[Anon.] 1997. Leila special catalogue, 1: publications of the Institut Françaisd’Archéologie Orientale (IFAO). Cairo: Leila Books.


[Anon.] 2000. ILCAA publications. Inst. for the Study of Languages and Cultures ofAsia and Africa (ILCAA), Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies. Pp 28.

[Anon.] 2001. Bibliography of Arabic linguistics 1979-1994. Web-document, dated21 September 2001, accessed June 2006. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.

‹www.lib.umich.edu/area/Near.East/ArabicLinguisticsBibliography.pdf›

[Anon.] 2003. Bibliography 2001-2002: technical, vernacular publications. Dallas:SIL International.

[Anon.] 2003b. Linguistics & literature: selected backsets from our inventory (cata-logue 267). Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Antiquariat. Pp 18.

[Anon.] 2007. Demographic information on sign languages around the world: fieldsurvey report. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2007-021. Pp 84.

‹www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2007-021›

Abbink, Jon. 1990. Ethiopian society and history: a bibliography of Ethiopian studies1957-1990. Research reports, #45. Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).

‹hdl.handle.net/1887/4639›

Abbink, Jon. 2003. A bibliography on Christianity in Ethiopia. Working papers, #52.Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).


Abbink, Jon; Unseth, Peter. 1998. Surmic languages and cultures: a bibliography. In:Surmic languages and cultures, p. 127-142. Ed. by Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal andMarco Last. Nilo-Saharan: linguistic analyses and documentation (NISA), #13.Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

ABBOL = Aequatoria Book Bank On-Line.

‹www.abbol.com›

AEJ-MSU = African e-journals project at Michigan State Univ.

‹africa.msu.edu/AEJP›

Afido, Pedro J.; Firmino, Gregório; Heins, John H.; Mbuub, Samba; Trinta, Manuel.(Ed.) 1989. I seminário sobre a padronização da ortografía de línguas Moçambi-canas. Maputo: Núcleo de Estudo de Línguas Moçambicanas (NELIMO), Fac. deLetras, Univ. Eduardo Mondlane. Pp 171.

AfrBib = Africabib.org (website maintained by Davis Bullwinkle, Univ. of Arkan-sas).

‹www.africabib.org›

AIM25 = Archives in the London and M25 Area.

‹www.aim25.ac.uk›

Aklilu, Yilma. 2001. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Nayi language of Ethiopia.SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-010.

‹www.sil.org/silesr/2002/010›


Aklilu, Yilma; Siebert, Ralph. 2002. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara,Dime, Melo and Nayi languages of Ethiopia, pt. 1. SIL electronic survey reports(SILESR), #2002-029.


Akumbu, Pius Wuchu. 2006. Njém phonology. PhD thesis. Dept. of African Langu-ages and Linguistics, Fac. of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, Univ. of YaoundéI. Pp xxiv, 281.

‹www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/njyem.html›

Alewijnse, Bart; Nerbonne, John; Veen, Lolke J. van der; Manni, Franz. 2007. Acomputational analysis of Gabon varieties. In: Proceedings of the RANLP (RecentAdvances in Natural Language Processing) workshop on computational phono-logy, p. 3-17. Ed. by Petya Osenova and others. Borovetz (Bulgaria).

‹www.let.rug.nl/~nerbonne/papers/›

Alexandre, Pierre. 1964. Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun. In:Colloque sur le multilingualisme / Symposium on multilingualism: the secondmeeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August1962, p. 251-256. Publ. du CCTA (Commission pour Coopération Technique enAfrique) & CSA (Conseil Scientifique pour l’Afrique), #87. London, Lagos &Nairobi.

Alexandre, Pierre. 1965. Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de synthèseprovisoire. Cahiers d’études africaines, v. 5, 20, p. 503-560.

‹www.persee.fr/showIssue.do?issueKey=cea_0008-0055_1965_num_5_20›

Amedekey, Edward Yao. 1970. The culture of Ghana: a bibliography. Legon: GhanaUniversities Press.

Anderson, David M.; Seton, Rosemary. 1995. Archives and manuscripts collectionsrelating to Africa held at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University ofLondon. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 45-60.

Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Languages in Botswana: languageecology in southern Africa. Gaborone: Longman Botswana. Pp 204.

Armstrong, Robert Gelston. 1989. Idomoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 323-336. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

ASCLIB = Library catalogue of the African Studies Centre, Leiden.

‹opc4-ascl.pica.nl/DB=3/LNG=EN/›

ASIS-CUL = African studies internet resources at Columbia Univ. Libraries.

‹www.columbia.edu/cu/lweb/indiv/africa/cuvl/index.html›

Askew, Kelly M. 2008. Swahili studies bibliography. Web-document, accessed July2008. Tanzania Studies Association.

‹www.csuchico.edu/soci/tanzania/swabib.shtml›


Assam, Blanche Nyangone; Mavoungou, Paul Achille. 2000. Lexicography inGabon: a survey. Lexikos, v. 10, p. 252-274.

Atkins, Guy. 1970. Writings of Malcolm Guthrie: books, articles, translations. Afri-can language studies, v. 11, p. 2-4.

Ayotte, Michael; Lamberty, Melinda. 2002. Intelligibility testing of Bafia among Lefaspeakers. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-069. Pp 16.


AZ = An A-Z of African studies on the Internet (website maintained by Peter Limband Ibra Sene).

‹www.lib.msu.edu/limb/a-z/az.html›

Bade, David W. 2004. Books in African languages: recent acquisitions 1999-2000,Melville J. Herskovits Library of African languages. PAS (Program of AfricanStudies) working papers, #8:3. Evanston: Northwestern Univ.

Bahuchet, Serge. 1985. Bibliographie. In: Les pygmées Aka et la forêt centrafricaine:éthnologie écologique, p. 581-593. Collection “Ethnosciences”, #1; Etudes pyg-mées, #7. Paris: Soc. des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France(SELAF); Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).

Baker, Philip; Ramnah, Premnath. 1985. Mauritian Bhojpuri: an Indo-Aryan langu-age spoken in a predominantly creolophone society. Papers in pidgin and creolelinguistics (Canberra), v. 4, p. 215-238.

Bala, G.G. 1998. Hadza stories and songs. Translated by Bonny Sands, and edited byBonny Sands and Will Grundy. Los Angeles: Friends of the Hadzabe. Pp ix, 42.

Baptista, Marlyse. 2003. The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties.Linguistik aktuell / Linguistics today, #54. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: JohnBenjamins Publ.

Barei, Geoffrey; others. 1997. A checklist and subject index of history and archaeo-logy dissertations and research essays submitted at the University of Botswana,1976-1998. Pula: Botswana journal of African studies, v. 11, 2, p. 177-187.

Barlow, Arthur Ruffell. 1914. Tentative studies in Kikuyu grammar and idiom. Edin-burgh: Foreign Mission Committee, Church of Scotland. Pp xii, 236.

Barnard, Alan. 1992. The Kalahari debate: a bibliographical essay. Occasional pa-pers from the Centre of African Studies, #35. Univ. of Edinburgh.

Bartens, Angela. 2000. Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic Creoles. Ann.academiae scientiarum fennicae, serie humaniora, #304. Helsinki: Finnish Aca-demy of Science and Letters. Pp 198.

Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]. 1978. Les langues bantoues. In: Inventaire des étudeslinguistiques sur les pays d’Afrique noire d’expression française et sur Mada-gascar, p. 123-186, maps. Ed. by Daniel Barreteau. Paris: Conseil International dela Langue Française (CILF).


Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]; Coupez, André; Mann, Michael. 1999. Continuity anddivergence in the Bantu languages: perspectives from a lexicostatistic study. Ann.du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale), sciences humaines, #162.Tervuren. Pp vi, 225.

Batibo, Herman M. 1998. The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: thecase of Setswana. General linguistics, v. 38, 1/4 (spec. theme: ‘African languageand culture in historical perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polomé’,edited by Bridget Drinka and Derek Nurse), p. 189-198.

Batoma, Atoma. 2006. African ethonyms and toponyms: an annotated bibliography.Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #10. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries ofIowa.

‹sdrc.lib.uiowa.edu/ejab/10/index.html›

Baucom, Kenneth L. 1970. More on the indigenous languages of SWA. Anthropolo-gical linguistics, v. 12, 9, p. 343-348.

Beach, David Norman. 1990. Publishing the past: progress in the ‘Documents on thePortuguese’ series. Zambezia, v. 17, 2, p. 175-183.

Behrend, Heike. 1998. Sonderforschungsbereich 389, Teilprojekt C6: Gewaltformemund Liedenserfahrungen im Norden Namibias / Violence, exile and landscape:Nyemba refugees in Kaisosi and Kehemu (Rundu, Namibia). In: Kultur- undLandschaftswandel im ariden Afrika: Entwicklungsprozesse unter ökologischenGrenzbedingungen / Sonderforschungsbereich 389: Ergebnisbericht für die Jahre1995/2, 1996, 1997, 1998/1, p. 363-387. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.

Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1967. Annotated bibliography. In: The matrilinealpeoples of eastern Tanzania (Zaramo, Luguru, Kaguru, Ngulu, etc.), p. 73-88.Ethnographic survey of Africa, East Central Africa, #16. London: Oxford Univ.Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1969. ‘The matrilineal peoples of eastern Tanzania’:bibliographical corrigenda and addenda. Africa, v. 39, p. 186-188.

Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1974. ‘The matrilineal peoples of eastern Tanzania’:bibliographical addenda. Africa, v. 44, p. 297-299.

Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1981. Third addendum to ‘The matrilineal peoples ofeastern Tanzania’. Anthropos, v. 76, p. 864-865.

Bender, Marvin Lionel. 1983. Bibliography. In: Nilo-Saharan language studies, p.356-373. Monographs from the Committee on Northeast African Studies, #13.East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State Univ.

Bender, Marvin Lionel. 1997. The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay.2nd edition. Handbooks in linguistics, #6. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Bender, Marvin Lionel. 2000. Nilo-Saharan. In: African languages: an introduction,p. 43-73. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.


Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor; Olsen, Elizabeth J.; White, Ann R. 1989. Dogon. In:The Niger-Congo languages, p. 169-177. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel.Lanham MD, New York & London: Univ. Press of America; Summer Inst. ofLinguistics (SIL).

Benson, Thomas Godfrey. 1964. A century of Bantu lexicography. African languagestudies, v. 5, p. 64-91.

Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham. 1998. Runyakitara: Uganda’s ‘new’ language. Journal ofmultilingual and multicultural development, v. 19, 2, p. 93-107.

BHA = Botswana history and archaeology: student research essays written at theHistory Dept., Univ. of Botswana.

‹www.thuto.org/ubh/ac/studrp.htm›

Bill, Mary C. 1984. 100 years of Tsonga publications, 1883-1983. African studies, v.43, 2, p. 67-81.

Biloa, Edmond. 1997. Tuki. Languages of the world: materials, #122. München: Lin-com Europa.

Blanchon, Jean Alain. 1988. Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le geviya.Pholia, v. 3, p. 53-69.

‹www.ddl.ish-lyon.cnrs.fr/divers/Download/Pholia/Pholia_N-3.pdf›

Blanchon, Jean Alain. 1991. Le pounou (B43), le mpongwè (B11a) et l’hypothèsefortis / lenis. Pholia, v. 6, p. 49-83.


Blanchon, Jean Alain; Martin, M. Alihanga. 1992. Notes sur la morphologie dulempiini de Eyuga. Pholia, v. 7, p. 23-40.


Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1956. A Bushman dictionary. Edited by Zellig S. Harris.American Oriental series, #41. New Haven CN: American Oriental Soc. Pp xii,773.

Blench, Roger M. 1989. Nupoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 305-322. Ed. byJohn Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Blench, Roger M. 1997. The papers of Roland Stevenson. Nilo-Saharan newsletter,new series, v. 1, p. 3-16.

Blench, Roger M. 1999. The languages of Africa: macrophyla proposals and implica-tions for archaeological interpretation. In: Archaeology and language, 4: languagechange and cultural transformation, p. 29-47. Ed. by Roger M. Blench andMatthew Spriggs. One world archaeology, #35. London: Routledge.

Blench, Roger M. 1999b. Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction? In:Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challengingelusiveness, p. 41-60. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders and Gerda Rossel.Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies (CNWS),Leiden Univ.


Blench, Roger M. 2005. Index to atlas of Nigerian languages. 3rd edition, draft.Cambridge: Mallam Dendo. Pp 114.

‹www.rogerblench.info/RBOP.htm›

Boden, Gertrud. 2005. Western versus Eastern !Xoon: differences, politics, and docu-mentation. Language archives newsletter (LAN), v. 7, p. 2-7.

‹www.mpi.nl/LAN›

Boilley, Pierre. 1995. Les Touaregs de l’Adagh: une bibliographie thématique, non-publié. Univ. Paris 7 Denis Diderot.

‹www.sedet.jussieu.fr/sites/Afrilab/documents/BiblioTheme/BibliTouareg.htm›

Boone, Douglas W.; Bradley, David P.; Grant, Caroline A. 1992/99. Central Yamba-sa survey report. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #1999-009.

‹www.sil.org/silesr/1999/009/Yambasa.html›

Boone, Douglas W.; Watson, Richard L. (Ed.) 1992. Moru-Ma’di survey report.Nairobi: Sudan Branch, Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).


Bostoen, Koen; Maniacky, Jacky. (Ed.) 2005. Studies in African comparative lingu-istics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastinand Claire Grégoire. Collection sciences humaines / Collectie mensweten-schappen, #169. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. Pp xi, 495.

Bostoen, Koen; Muluwa, Joseph Koni. 2007. Un recueil de proverbes nsong (R.D.Congo, bantu B85d). Ann. Aequatoria, v. 28, p. 521-578.

Botne, Robert Dale. 1999. Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 473-515.Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Bouquiaux, Luc. 1978. L’Empire Centrafricaine: description soiolinguistique. In:Inventaire des études linguistiques sur les pays d’Afrique noire d’expressionfrançaise et sur Madagascar, p. 465-472. Ed. by Daniel Barreteau. Paris: ConseilInternational de la Langue Française (CILF).

Boxer, Charles R. 1952. A glimpse of the Goa archive. Bull. of the School of Orientaland African Studies, v. 14, p. 299-324.

Boyd, Raymond. 1989. Adamawa-Ubangi. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 178-215. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Bradley, David P. 1992. Hijuk survey report. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon; Min. ofHigher Education, Computer Services and Scientific Research, Cameroon. Pp 7.

‹www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/hijuk.html›


Brenzinger, Matthias. 1998. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. In:Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 321-357. Ed. byMathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies),#15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Bromber, Katrin; Smieja, Birgit. 2004. Karsten Legère: a bibliography. In: Globali-sation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère), p.xxvii-xl. Ed. by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studiesand monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Brown, Walter Thaddeus; Brown, Beverly. 1969. White Father archives in Tanzania.African studies bulletin, v. 12, 2, p. 211-212.

Browne, Glenda. 2001. The definite article: acknowledging ‘The’ in index entries.The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 22, 3, p. 119-122.

Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1959. The Bantu languages of Africa. Handbook of Afri-can languages, #4. London, New York & Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press; Inter-national African Inst. (IAI). Pp xi, 170.

Brye, Edward; Brye, Elizabeth. 2001. Rapid appraisal and intelligibility testingsurveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages (Northwest Province): ALCAM[871, 872, 873, 874, 875] of the Donga Mantung Division and unclassifiedALCAM [885, 886] of the Menchum Division. SIL electronic survey reports(SILESR), #2002-019. Yaoundé.


Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1948. Les recherches linguistiques au Congo Belge:résultats acquis, nouvelles enquêtes à entreprendre. Mém. de l’IRCB (Inst. RoyalColonial Belge), collection in-8°, section des sciences morales et politiques, #16.Bruxelles: Libr. Falk fils. Pp 767, map.

Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1949. Existe-t-il un groupe de langues soudanaises équa-toriales? Troisième congrès international des sciences éthnologiques et anthropolo-giques, Bruxelles 15 août 1948. Zaïre: revue congolaise, v. 3, 6, p. 607-616.

Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1952. Les deux cartes linguistiques du Congo Belge.Mém. de l’IRCB (Inst. Royal Colonial Belge), collection in-8°, section des scien-ces morales et politiques, #25:2. Bruxelles. Pp 68.

Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van; Hackett, Peter E. 1956. Report of the eastern team:Oubangui to Great Lakes. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland,v. 1, p. 63-122. Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker. London:Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Bullwinkle, Davis. —› AfrBib.

BumPr = The Bum project: (online) bibliography compiled by Ian Fowler.

‹www.era.anthropology.ac.uk/Era_Resources/Era/Kingdom_Bum/bib.html›

Caesar, Gaius Julius. 46 BC. De bello Africo = On the African war.

‹www.intratext.com/X/LAT0241.HTM›


Caesar, Gaius Julius. 1997. The African war. In: The Civil War; with the anonymousAlexandrian, African, and Spanish wars. Translated with an introduction and notesby J.M. Carter. London: Oxford Univ. Press.

Calteaux, Karen. 1996. Standard and non-standard African language varieties in theurban areas of South Africa. Main report for the STANON Research Programme.Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC).

‹eric.ed.gov›

Capo, Hounkpati B. Christophe. 1989. Defoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.275-290. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press ofAmerica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Caruso, Yuusuf S. 2009. Swahili acquisitions at Columbia University Libraries,1979-2006. Web-document, accessed 2009/05. New York: Columbia Univ.Libraries.

‹www.columbia.edu/cu/lweb/indiv/africa/swahilibib.html›

Cassimjee, Farida. 1992. Fundamental principles of Venda tonology. In: Africanlinguistic contributions (Festschrift Ernst Westphal), p. 12-51. Ed. by Derek F.Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.

CESBC. 2007. Recueils des publications République Démocratique du Congo:travaux universitaires, mémoires. Centre d’Etudes Stratégiques du Bassin duCongo (CESBC).

Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1970. Essai de bibliographie d’orientation ethnosociologiquesur les Baoule. Abidjan: Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Techniqued’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1971. Bibliographie sur la société baoulé (histoire, anthro-pologie). In: La vie quotidienne dans un village baoulé. Ed. by Vincent Guerry.Abidjan: Inst. Africaine pour le Développement Economique et Social (INADES).

Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1973. Complements à la bibliographie sur la société baoulé(histoire, anthropoligie). Abidjan: Office de la Recherche Scientifique etTechnique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

Chiche, Michèle. 1990. Index Mandenkan: numéros 1 à 20, 1981-1990. Mandenkan:bull. semestriel d’études linguistiques mandé, v. 20, p. 91-101.

‹llacan.vjf.cnrs.fr/fichiers/Mandenkan›

CICM. 2004. Scripta confratrum: Congregatio Immaculati Cordis Mariae (CICM).Katholiek Documentatie- en Onderzoekscentrum voor Religie, Cultuur enSamenleving (KADOC), Katholieke Univ. Leuven.

‹kadoc.kuleuven.be/db/inv/scripta_confratrum.pdf›

Coger, Dalvan M. 1966. Africana in the ‘Scottish geographical magazine’, 1885-1914. African studies bulletin, v. 9, 3, p. 88-102.

COLBIB = Congo On Line Bibliographie.

‹www.congonline.com/Biblio/bibliogr.htm›


Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1951. Classified catalogue of Bantu languages. In: Africanmusic research transcription library of gramophone records: handbook for libra-rians, p. 16-40. Ed. by Hugh T. Tracey. Johannesburg: Gallo.

Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1959. Doke’s classification of Bantu languages. Africanstudies, v. 18, 4, p. 197-213.

Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1960. African linguistic studies, 1943-1960. African studies,v. 19, 4, p. 219-229.

Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1961. Doke’s classification of Bantu languages [revised]. In:Contributions to the history of Bantu linguistics, p. 80-96. Ed. by Clement MartynDoke and Desmond Thorne Cole. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.

Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1971. The history of Bantu linguistics to 1945. In: Currenttrends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa. Ed. by Thomas AlbertSebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Conceição, Manuel da; McBurney, Susan. 1999. A brief look at the sociolinguisticsof Ronga and other languages spoken in Mozambique. Univ. of Washington wor-king papers in linguistics, v. 16 (spec. theme: ‘Ronga linguistics, March 1999’), p.9-30.

‹depts.washington.edu/uwwpl/editions/vol162.html›

Connell, Bruce A. 1998. Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland.In: Endangered languages in Africa, p. 207-226. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger.Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Connell, Bruce A. 1998b. Classifying Cross River. In: Language history and linguis-tic description in Africa, p. 17-25. Ed. by Ian Maddieson and Thomas JosephHinnebusch. Trends in African linguistics, #2. Trenton NJ & Asmara: AfricaWorld Press.

Connell, Bruce A. 2000. The integrity of Mambiloid. In: Proceedings of the 2ndworld congress of African linguistics, Leipzig 1997, p. 197-213. Ed. by EkkehardWolff and Orin David Gensler. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Connell, Bruce A. 2001. An introduction to the Mambiloid languages. In: Researchmate in African linguistics: focus on Cameroon - a fieldworker’s tool fordeciphering the stories Cameroonian languages have to tell, in honor of ProfessorLarry M. Hyman, p. 79-92. Ed. by Ngessimo M. Mutaka and Beban SammyChumbow. Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #17. Cologne: Rüdi-ger Köppe Verlag.

Conover, Helen; Duignan, Peter. 1971. Guide to research and reference works onsub-Saharan Africa. Assisted by Evelyn Boyce, Liselotte Hogmann and KarenFung. Hoover Inst. bibliographical series, #46. Stanford: Hoover Inst. Press.

COPAC = Union catalogue for the Consortium of Research Libraries.

‹copac.ac.uk›

Cope, Anthony T. 1971. A consolidated classification of the Bantu languages.African studies, v. 30, 3/4, p. 213-236.


Crozier, David Henry; Blench, Roger M. 1992. An index of Nigerian languages. 2ndedition. Abuja, Ilorin & Dallas: Language Development Centre, Nigerian Educa-tional Research and Development Council (NERDC); Dept. of Linguistics andNigerian Languages, Univ. of Ilorin; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Curto, José C.; Gervais, Raymond R. 1994. Bibliography of Canadian master’s the-ses and doctoral dissertation on Africa 1905-1993 / Bibliographie des mémoiresde maîtrise et thèses de doctorat canadiens sur l’Afrique 1905-1993. Bibliographicseries: Canadian contributions to African studies / Série bibliographique: contri-butions canadiennes aux études africaines. Montréal: Canadian Association ofAfrican Studies (CAAS) / Association Canadienne des Etudes Africaines (ACEA).

‹caas.concordia.ca/htm/Page/acea.htm›

DATAD = Database of African theses and dissertations.

‹www.aau.org/datad›

Davidson, Basil. 1984. Africa in history: themes and outlines. 3rd edition, revised.London, Glasgow, Toronto, Sydney & Auckland: Paladin Grafton Books. Pp 384.

Davison, Phil. 1991. Batanga survey report. Yaoundé: Soc. Internationale de Linguis-tique (SIL); Min. de l’Enseignement Supérieur, de l’Informatique et de la Recher-che Scientifique (MESIRES), Cameroun; Inst. des Sciences Humaines (ISH);Centre de Recherches et d’Etudes Anthropologiques (CREA). Pp 10.

‹www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/batanga.html›

Delord, Jacques. 2000. Index bibliographique. In: La langue kabiye et ses diversaspects: correspondance avec le Comité de Langue Nationale Kabiye, p. 140-149.Lomé: Ed. Haho.

Denning, Keith; Kemmer, Suzanne. 1990. Bibliography of the published works ofJoseph H. Greenberg. In: On language, p. 723-737. Stanford Univ. Press.

Dierks, Klaus. —› DNB.

Dieu, Michel; Renaud, Patrick. (Ed.) 1983. Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale.Inventaire préliminaire: le Cameroun / Atlas linguistique de Cameroun (ALCAM).Collection de l’Atlas linguistique de l’Afrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaoundé:Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Régional deRecherche et de Documentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Développe-ment des Langues Africaines (CERDOTOLA); Direction Générale de la Recher-che Scientifique et Technique (DGRST), Inst. des Sciences Humaines. Pp 475.

Diller, Jason; Jordan-Diller, Kari; Hamm, Cameron. 2002. Sentence repetition testing(SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language. SIL electronic surveyreports (SILESR), #2003-010. Pp 26.


Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan; Last, Marco. (Ed.) 1998. Surmic languages and cultures.Nilo-Saharan: linguistic analyses and documentation (NISA), #13. Cologne: Rüdi-ger Köppe Verlag.

DNB = Database of Namibian biographies (website maintained by Klaus Dierks).

‹www.klausdierks.com/Biographies/index.html›


Doke, Clement Martyn. 1933. A preliminary investigation into the state of the nativelanguages in South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development ofliterature. Bantu studies, v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1945. Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicolo-gical studies. London: Percy Lund, Humphries & Co. for the International Inst. ofAfrican Languages and Cultures (IIALC).

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1959. Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century.African studies, v. 18, p. 1-27.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1959b. Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto. Africanstudies, v. 18, p. 49-67.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1960. The earliest records of Bantu. African studies, v. 19, p.26-32.

Doke, Clement Martyn. 1960b. The growth of comparative Bantu philology. Africanstudies, v. 19, p. 193-218.

Drolc, Ursula; Frank, Caroline; Rottland, Franz. 1999. A linguistic bibliography ofUganda. African linguistic bibliographies (ALB), #7. Cologne: Rüdiger KöppeVerlag.

Dubins, Barbara. 1969. Nineteenth-century travel literature on the Comoro Islands: abibliographical essay. African studies bulletin, v. 12, 2, p. 138-146.

Dufberg, Mats. 1987. Why two labialization strategies in Setswana? PERILUS(Stockholm), v. 5, p. 78-92.

Dugast, Idelette. 1949. Inventaire ethnique du sud-Cameroun. Mém. de l’IFAN (Inst.Français de l’Afrique Noire), série “populations”, #1. Dakar. Pp xii, 159.

Dupeyron, Pedro. 1909. Pequeno vademecum da lingua bantu na provincia deMoçambique ou breve estudo da lingua chi-yao ou adjaua comp. com os dialectosde sena, tete e quelimane [...]. Lisboa: Administração do Novo Mensageiro doCoração de Jesus. Pp 172.

Dupré, Wilhelm. 1968. Obituary: Paul Joachim Schebesta, 1887-1967. Americananthropologist, new series, v. 70, 3, p. 537-545.

Dwyer, David James. 1989. Mande. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 46-65. Ed. byJohn Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

EAÖ = Die Entwicklung des Afrikanistik in Österreich.

‹www.afrikanistik.at›

Eaton, Helen Catherine; Hunziker, Daniel; Hunziker, Elisabeth. 2007. A Sandawedialect survey. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2007-014. Pp 71.


Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez. 1959. Estudos guineos. Madrid: Consejo Superior deInvestigaciones Científicas.


Ehret, Christopher; Posnansky, Merrick. (Ed.) 1982. The archaeological and lingu-istic reconstruction of African history. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press. Pp xi,299.

EJAB = Electronic journal of Africana bibliography.

‹sdrc.lib.uiowa.edu/ejab›

Ells, Joan. 1968. Reprints of books and journals on Africa. African studies bulletin, v.11, 3, p. 329-362.

Ells, Joan. 1969. Books and documents on Africa in microform. African studiesbulletin, v. 12, p. 91-110, 177-192.

Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe]. 1989. Edoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 291-304. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Emenanjo, Emmanuel ’Nolue; Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri. 1995. Kay R.M. Williamson: abiographical profile and list of publications. In: Issues in African languages andlinguistics: essays in honour of Kay Williamson, p. 1-17. Ed. by Emmanuel ’NolueEmenanjo and Ozo-mekuri Ndimele. Aba (Nigeria): National Inst. for NigerianLanguages.

Encyclopaedia of Islam. —› Gibb & others (1960ff).

ERIC = Education Resources Information Center.

‹eric.edu.gov›

ESIL = Ethnologue: languages of the world (SIL International).

‹www.ethnologue.com›

eSR-UC = eScholarship Repository, Univ. of California.

‹repositories.cdlib.org/escholarship›

Ethnologue. —› ESIL, SIL11, SIL12, SIL13, SIL14, SIL15.

Fage, John Donnelly. 1958/63. An atlas of African history. First edition, reprintedwith amendments. London: Edward Arnold. Pp 64.

Faraclas, Nicholas Gregory. 1989. Cross River. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.377-399. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of Ame-rica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Faulkner, Raymond Oliver. 1949. Bibliography of Sir Alan Henderson Gardiner.Journal of Egyptian archaeology, v. 35, p. 1-12.

Foskett, A.C. 1996. The subject approach to information. 5th edition. London: Libra-ry Association Publ.

Fowler, Ian. —› BumPr.

Frankl, Peter J.L. 2002. Preliminary list of Swahili names for fishes of the westernIndian Ocean together with related topics. Suppl. 1 to South African journal ofAfrican languages, v. 16. Pretoria: African Language Association of SouthernAfrica (ALASA). Pp 70.


Frick, Esther; Bolli, Margrit. 1971. Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialectes deCôte d’Ivoire. In: Actes du 8ème congrès international de linguistique africaine,Abidjan, 24-28 mars 1969, v. 1, p. 395-416. Ed. by Maurice Houïs. Ann. del’Univ. d’Abidjan, série H: linguistique, hors série, #1. Abidjan.

Friesen, Lisa. 2002. Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect).MA thesis. Grand Forks ND: Univ. of North Dakota. Pp x, 124.

‹www.und.nodak.edu/dept/linguistics/theses/2002FriesenL.htm›

Frobenius, Leo; Wilm, Ritter von. 1929. Morphologie des afrikanischen Bogenrätes:Verzeichnis der Originalmanuskripte des Afrika-Archivs. In: Atlas Africanus:Belege zur Morphologie der afrikanischen Kulturen, 4. Heft. München: Verlags-handlung Oskar Beck.

Fung, Karen. —› SULAIR.

Gadelii, Karl Erland. 1997. Appendix I: languages. In: Lesser Antillean FrenchCreole and universal grammar, p. 365-381. Gothenburg monographs in linguis-tics, #15. Dept. of Linguistics, Göteborg Univ.

Gadelii, Karl Erland. 2001. Languages in Mozambique. Africa & Asia: Göteborgworking papers on Asian and African languages and literatures, v. 1 (spec. theme:‘Selected papers from the 1st Nordic meeting on African languages, GöteborgUniv., 8-10 December 2000’, edited by Jouni Maho), p. 6-12.

‹www.african.gu.se/aa/downloads.html›

Gadelii, Karl Erland. 2003. Annotated statistics on language polices and practices inAfrica. Unpublished report. United Nations Educational, Scientific and CulturalOrganization (UNESCO). Pp 45.

‹www.african.gu.se/downloads/gadeliireport.pdf›

Gann, L.H. 1958. The ‘Northern Rhodesia journal’ as an historical source book.Human problems in British Central Africa, v. 23, p. 47-53.

Gardiner, Alan Henderson. 1957. Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to thestudy of hieroglyphs. 3rd edition. Oxford: Griffith Inst., Ashmolean Museum.

GBV = Gemeinsamer Bibliotheksverbund / Common Library Network.

‹www.gbv.de/vgm›

Geider, Thomas. 2003. A bibliography of Swahili literature, linguistics, culture, andhistory. Swahili Forum, v. 10, p. 1-110.

Gerhardt, Ludwig. 1989. Kainji and Platoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 359-376. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Gibb, H.A.R. —› Ibn Battûta (1958/71).

Gibb, H.A.R.; others. (Ed.) 1960ff. Encyclopaedia of Islam, 12 vols. New (2nd)edition. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Gibson, Gordon D. 1969. A bibliography of anthropological bibliographies: Africa.Current anthropology, v. 10, 5, p. 527-566.


Gibson, Gordon D.; Larson, Thomas John; McGurk, Cecilia R. 1981. The Kavangopeoples. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp viii,275.

Gordon, Raymond G. —› SIL15.

Gordon, Robert James. 1992. References and bibliography. In: The Bushman myth:the making of a Namibian underclass, p. 269-290. Conflict and social changeseries. Boulder CO, San Francisco & Oxford: Westview Press.

Grabenhorst, Ulrike. 1990. Bibliographical update: addenda to ‘A tentative biblio-graphy of Swahili 1964-1984’. Suppl. 1 to Working papers in Kiswahili. Ghent:Seminar for Swahili and Language Problems of Developing Nations.

Grant, Caroline A. 1992. Dialect intelligibility testing among Central Yambasaspeech varieties. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon. Pp 23.

‹www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/yangben.html›

Gray, Peter. 2002. Hadza bibliography. Undated web-document, accessed September2002. Cambridge MA: Peabody Museum, Harvard Univ.

‹www.people.fas.harvard.edu/~gray/bibliography.html›

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1954. Etudes sur la classification des langues africaines[pt. 1]. Bull. de l’IFAN (Inst. Français de l’Afrique Noire), série B: scienceshumaines, v. 16, p. 83-142.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1955. Etudes sur la classification des langues africaines[pt. 2]. Bull. de l’IFAN (Inst. Français de l’Afrique Noire), série B: scienceshumaines, v. 17, p. 59-108.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1955b. Studies in African linguistic classification. NewHaven CN: Compass Publ. Pp v, 116.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1963. The languages of Africa. Publ. from the IndianaUniv. Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore and Linguistics, #25; suppl. toInternational journal of American linguistics, v. 29, n. 1. The Hague, Paris &Bloomington: Mouton & Co. Pp vi, 171.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1966. The languages of Africa. 2nd edition. Publ. from theIndiana Univ. Research Center for the Language Sciences, #25. The Hague, Paris& Bloomington: Mouton & Co. Pp vi, 180.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1969. African languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14thedition, v. 1, p. 312-314.

Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1969b. African languages. Collier’s encyclopedia, v. 1, p.243-247.

Greenough, George Bellas. 1841. Address to the Royal Geographical Society ofLondon [on recent voyages, travels, and discoveries]. Journal of the RoyalGeographical Soc. of London, v. 11, p. xxxix-lxxvii.


Grégoire, H. Claire. 1994. A diachronic approach to classes 10 and 11 in Bantu, withspecial reference to north-western languages. Proceedings of the annual meeting ofthe Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v. 20, suppl. (spec. theme: ‘Special session onhistorical issues in African linguistics’, ed. by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Petersonand Comfort Wentum), p. 21-34.

Grégoire, H. Claire; Janssens, Baudoin. 1999. L’augment en bantou du nord-ouest.In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 413-429.Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Grimes, Barbara F. —› SIL11, SIL12, SIL13, SIL14.

Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna. 2000. Borrowings from local Bantu languages inSwahili. In: Lugha za Tanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to thememory of Prof. Clement Maganga, p. 43-50. Ed. by Kulikoyela KanalwandaKahigi, Yared Magori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School ofAsian, African and Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.

Grottanelli, Vinigi L. 1952. L’etnologia africana nell’ultimo quinquennio. Rivista diantropologia, v. 34, p. 231-241, 273-283.

Grout, Lewis. 1849. The Zulu and other dialects of southern Africa. Journal of theAmerican Oriental Soc., v. 1, p. 397-433.

Guarisma, Gladys. 2003. Kpa’ (A53). In: The Bantu languages, p. 307-334. Ed. byDerek Nurse and Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & NewYork: Routledge.

Guarisma, Gladys; Paulian, Christiane. 1986. Dialectométrie lexicale de quelquesparlers bantous de la zone A. In: La méthode dialectométrique appliquée auxlangues africaines, p. 93-176. Ed. by Gladys Guarisma and Wilhelm Johann GeorgMöhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Guiness, H. Grattan. —› Vetralla (1882).

Güldemann, Tom; Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Khoisan. In: African languages: an intro-duction, p. 99-122. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.

Gunnemark, Erik V.; Kenrick, Donald. 1985. A geolinguistic handbook. Göteborg:Self-published.

GUSLC = Z39.50 Gateway to US Library Catalogues.

‹www.loc.gov/z3950›

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1948. The classification of the Bantu languages. London: OxfordUniv. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1953. The Bantu languages of western equatorial Africa. Hand-book of African languages. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International AfricanInst. (IAI). Pp 94.

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1967/71. Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparativelinguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4 vols. Letchworth UK &Brookfield VT: Gregg International.


Guthrie, Malcolm. 1969. Features of verbal structure in S.W. Fang. Internationaljournal of American linguistics, v. 35, 4, p. 356-365.

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. Comparative Bantu, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory andindexes. London: Gregg International.

Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. The western Bantu languages. In: Current trends in linguis-tics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 357-366. Ed. by Thomas AlbertSebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Guthrie, Malcolm; Tucker, Archibald Norman. (Ed.) 1956. Linguistic survey of thenorthern Bantu borderland, v. 1. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International Afri-can Inst. (IAI). Pp 146.

Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas; Namaseb, Levi. 1997. Internaland external relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey. In: Namibianlanguages: reports and papers, p. 125-209. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke and EdwardDerek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag;Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).

Hachipola, Simooya Jerome. 1996. Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe: aresearch report. Harare: Dept. of African Languages and Literature, Univ. ofZimbabwe. Pp vi, 75, 30.

Hachipola, Simooya Jerome. 1998. Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe.Harare: Univ. of Zimbabwe Publ.

Hadermann, Pascale. 1999. Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 danslangues bantoues du nord-ouest. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical andempirical perspectives, p. 431-471. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry MichaelHyman. Lecture notes, #99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language andInformation) Publ.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1966. The use of African languages in Afro-Europeancontacts in Guinea 1440-1560. Sierra Leone language review, v. 5, p. 5-26.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1966b. The spelling and connotation of the toponym“Sierra Leone” since 1461. Sierra Leone studies, new series, v. 18, p. 43-58.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1967. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Upper Guineacoast before 1700. African language review, v. 6, p. 32-70.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1967b. Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea coast.Journal of African history, v. 8, 2, p. 247-269.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1968. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guineacoast before 1700 [pt. 1]. African language review, v. 7, p. 47-73.

Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1969. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guineacoast before 1700 [pt. 2]. African language review, v. 8, p. 225-236.

Halemba, Andrzej. 1994. Mambwe-English dictionary. Ndola: Mission Press. Ppxxiii, 984.

Halme, Riikka. 2004. A tonal grammar of Kwanyama. Namibian African studies, #8.Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.


Hamad, Bushra. 1995. ‘Sudan notes and records’ and Sudanese nationalism, 1918-1956. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 239-270.

Hamm, Cameron. 1999. Beboid language family of Cameroon and Nigeria: locationand genetic classification. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-017.Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp 4.


Hamm, Cameron; Diller, Jason; Jordan-Diller, Kari; Tiati, Ferdinand Assako a. 2001.A rapid appraisal survey of western Beboid languages (Menchum Division,Northwest Province) ALCAM [876, 877, 878, 879]. SIL electronic survey reports(SILESR), #2002-014. Pp 40.


Hammarström, Harald. 2009. The status of the least documented language families inthe world. In: Unsupervised learning of morphology and the languages of theworld, p. 243-274. Göteborg: Chalmers Univ. of Technology & Göteborg Univ.

Hansmann, Louise; Buchholz, Irmela; Ockhuizen, Martin; Morgenstern, Renate.2004. Bibliography of publications by staff members of the University of Namibia,1992-2002. Library publ., #3. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia. Pp 230.

Harris, Joseph E. 1987. Africans and their history. 2nd edition. Mentor books,#ME2556. New York: New American Library. Pp 302.

Harrison, Byron; Harrison, Anette Renée; Rueck, Michael J. 1997. Southern Songhayspeech varieties in Niger: a sociolinguistic survey of the Zarma, Songhay, Kurtey,Wogo, and Dendi peoples of Niger. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR),#1999-004.

‹www.sil.org/silesr/1999/004/zarmarpt4.pdf›

Hayward, Richard J. (Ed.) 1990. Omotic language studies. School of Oriental andAfrican Studies (SOAS), Univ. of London. Pp xxvi, 639.

Hayward, Richard J. 2000. Afroasiatic. In: African languages: an introduction, p. 74-98. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.

Heald, Suzette. 1998. Isaac Schapera: a bibliography. Pula: Botswana journal of Afri-can studies, v. 12, 1/2, p. 100-115.

Heath, Teresa. 2003. Makaa (A83). In: The Bantu languages, p. 335-348. Ed. byDerek Nurse and Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & NewYork: Routledge.

Heawood, Edward. 1895. African ethnology. The geographical journal, v. 6, 5, p.465-469.

Heawood, Edward. 1898. African books 1897-1898. The geographical journal, v. 12,3, p. 300-306.

Heawood, Edward. 1899. Some new books on Africa. The geographical journal, v.13, 4, p. 412-422.


Hedinger, Robert. 1987. The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) ofCameroon. School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), Univ. of London.

Hedinger, Robert. 1989. Northern Bantoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages: a classi-fication and description of Africa’s largest language family, p. 421-429. Ed. byJohn Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD, New York & London: Univ. Press ofAmerica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Heine, Bernd. 1970. Status and use of African lingua francas. Translated fromGerman. Afrika-Studien der IFO-Inst. für Wirtschaftsforschung, #49. München:Weltforum-Verlag.

Heine, Bernd. 1972/73. Zur genetischen Gliederung der Bantu-Sprachen. Afrika undÜbersee, v. 56, p. 164-185.

Heine, Bernd; Hoff, Hans; Vossen, Rainer. 1977. Neuere Ergebnisse zur Territorial-geschichte des Bantu. In: Zur Sprachgeschichte und Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 57-72. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Franz Rottland and Bernd Heine.Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Heine, Bernd; Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. (Ed.) 1980. Language and dialectatlas of Kenya, 1: geographical and historical introduction; language and society;selected bibliography. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Heintze, Beatrix. 2004. Deutsche Forschungsreisende in westlichen Zentralafrika des19. Jahrhunderts. Arbeitspapiere des Inst. für Ethnologie und Afrikastudien, #40.Mainz: Johannes Gutenberg Univ.

Henige, David P. 1973. The National Archives of Ghana: a synopsis of holdings.International journal of African historical studies, v. 6, 3, p. 475-486.

Henige, David P. 1994. The writings of Jan Vansina & Dissertations in historysupervised by Jan Vansina. In: Paths toward the past: African historical essays inhonor of Jan Vansina, p. 473-482. Ed. by Robert Wayne Harms, Joseph CalderMiller, David Starr Newbury and Michele D. Wagner. Atlanta: ASA (AfricanStudies Association) Press.

Herbert, Robert K. 1993. C.M. Doke: list of publications and manuscripts. Africanstudies, v. 52, 2 (spec. theme: ‘Not with one mouth (C.M. Doke centenary): conti-nuity and change on southern African language studies’, edited by Robert K.Herbert), p. 5-15.

Herodotus. 420 BC. Istoria.

Herodotus. 2003. The histories. 4th edition, translated by Aubrey de Sélincourt,further revised and annotated by John Marincola. Penguin classics. Harmonds-worth: Penguin Books.

Hess, Robert L.; Coger, Dalvan M. 1972. Bibliography of nineteenth-century tropicalAfrica: a bibliography of primary sources for nineteenth-century tropical Africa asrecorded by explorers, missionaries, traders, travellers, administrators, militarymen, adventurers, and others. Hoover Inst. bibliographical series, #47. Stanford:Board of Trustees, Leland Stanford Junior Univ.


Hewitt, Roger L. 1986. Bibliography. In: Structure, meaning and ritual in the narra-tives of the Southern San, p. 249-278. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #2.Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Hillebrecht, Werner. 1997. Namibian dictionary of acronyms and abbreviations. Firstdraft version. NIWA (Namibian Information Workers’ Association) referenceguides, #2; suppl. to NIWA-Info: newsletter of the Namibian Information Workers’Association, v. 7, n. 1/4. Windhoek. Pp 19.

Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1975. A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class9/10. Ohio State Univ. working papers in linguistics, v. 20 (spec. theme: ‘Procee-dings of the 6th conference on African linguistics’, edited by Robert K. Herbert),p. 32-41.

Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1989. Bantu. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 450-473. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1999. Contact and lexicostatistics in comparative Bantustudies. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p.173-205. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes,#99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Hinton, John E. 1995. Bibliography of Arabic dictionaries. Linguist (mailinglist), v.6-870.

‹listserv.linguistlist.org/cgi-bin/wa?A2=ind9506D&L=linguist&P=R7474›

Hintze, Ursula. 1959. Bibliographie der Kwa-Sprachen und der Sprachen der Togo-Restvölker. Veröff. des Inst. für Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie derWissenschaften zu Berlin, #42. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.

Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1986. Ethnographic research and socioeconomic develop-ment among Kalahari San: some tables. In: The past and future of !Kungethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 375-423. Ed. by Megan Biesele,Robert James Gordon and Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4.Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Holm, John A. 1988/89. Pidgins and creoles, 2 vols. Cambridge Univ. Press.

Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1987. Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasali-zation in Teke. Pholia, v. 2, p. 85-93.


Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1991. Quelques critères de classification des parlers fang.Pholia, v. 6, p. 145-153.


Hombert, Jean-Marie. 2009. La diversité culturelle de l’Afrique est menacée. Larecherche, v. 429, April, p. 36-39.

Howell, John Bruce. 1991. Index to African Studies Review & Bulletin and the ASAReview of Books, 1958-1990. Atlanta: African Studies Association (ASA).


Howell, John Bruce; Scheven, Yvette. 1996. Guides, collections and ancillary mate-rials to African archival resources in the United States. Electronic journal of Afri-cana bibliography, #1. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries of Iowa.


Hudson, Grover. 2003. Bibliography of Highland East Cushitic. Web-document,dated 6 July 2003, accessed June 2006. East Lansing: Michigan State Univ.

‹www.msu.edu/~hudson/HECrefs.htm›

Huey, Paul; Mbongue, Joseph. 1995. A rapid appraisal survey of Tuki (ALCAM551), Mbam et Inoubou & Mbam et Kim Divisions, Center Province. Yaoundé:Min. of Scientific and Technical Research, Cameroon. Pp 20.

‹www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/tuki.html›

Hughes, H.G.A. 1949. The bibliography of British Africa and the co-ordination ofAfrican studies. African affairs, v. 48, 190, p. 63-72.

Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 1992. La linguistique et l’histoire des Mongo. Ann. Aequatoria, v.13, p. 53-66.

Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 1993. Liste et carte des dialectes mongo. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14,p. 401-406.

Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 2001. Eléments pour la dialectologie móngo, 3: lexique. Ann.Aequatoria, v. 22, p. 221-258.

Hunwick, John O. 2001. Timbuktu: a bibliography. Sudanic Africa (Oslo), v. 12, p.115-129.

Hyman, Larry Michael. 1999. The historical interpretation of vowel harmony inBantu. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p.235-295. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes,#99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Hyman, Larry Michael. 2004. Why describe African languages? In: Proceedings ofthe 4th world congress of African linguistics, New Brunswick 2003, p. 21-41. Ed.by Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí and Oluseye Adesola. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

‹linguistics.berkeley.edu/~hyman/Rutgers_Paper_Why_Describe3.pdf›

Hyman, Larry Michael; Katamba, Francis X. 1991. Cyclicity and suffix doubling inthe Bantu verb stem. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Lingu-istics Soc., v. 17, suppl. (spec. theme: ‘Special session on African language struc-tures’, edited by Kathleen Hubbard), p. 134-144.

Ibn Battûta. 1358. Tuhfat al-nuzzâr fî gharâ’ib al-amsâr wa-‘adjâ’ib al-asfâr.

Ibn Battûta. 1958/71. The travels of Ibn Battuta, A.D. 1325-1354, 3 vols. Translatedwith revisions and notes by H.A.R. Gibb, from the Arabic text edited by C.Defrémery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Works issued by the Hakluyt Soc., second series,#110+117+141. Cambridge: The Univ. Press.

IDELib = IDE (Inst. of Developing Economies) Library, Tokyo.

‹www.ide.go.jp/English/Library›


Idris, Hélène Fatima. 2003. Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus onNilo-Saharan and Afro-Asiatic languages. Africa & Asia: Göteborg workingpapers on Asian and African languages and literatures, v. 3, p. 53-63.

IntArch = Internet Archive.

‹www.archive.org›

IRD = Ressources documentaires de l’IRD (Inst. de Recherche pour le Développe-ment) d’Ile-de-France.

‹www.documentation.ird.fr›

ISBN. 2004. Guidelines for the implementation of 13-digit ISBNs. Berlin: Interna-tional ISBN (International Standard Book Number) Agency.

‹www.isbn-international.org›

ISBN. 2005. ISBN users’ manual. 5th edition. Berlin: International ISBN (Interna-tional Standard Book Number) Agency.

‹www.isbn-international.org›

Isizoh, Chidi Denis. 2006. Bibliography on African traditional religion. Web-docu-ment, accessed May 2009.

‹www.afrikaworld.net/afrel/atr_bibliography.htm›

Izard, Françoise; Bonnefond, Philippe; Huart, Michèle d’. 1967. Bibliographie géné-rale de la Haute-Volta 1956-1965. Recherches voltaiques: collection de travaux desciences humaines sur la Haute-Volta, #7. Paris & Ouagadougou: Centre Nationalde la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS); Centre Voltaique de la Recherche Scienti-fique (CVRS).

Jacobs, Alan H. 1965. Bibliography of the Masai. African studies bulletin, v. 8, 3, p.40-60.

Jacquot, André. 1971. Les langues du Congo-Brazzaville: inventaire et classification.Cahiers de l’ORSTOM (Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer): série sciences humaines, v. 8, 4, p. 349-357, map.

‹www.bondy.ird.fr/pleins_textes/pleins_textes_4/sci_hum/19840.pdf›

Jacquot, André. 1983. Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupesB.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo). Travaux et documents de l’ORSTOM (Office dela Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer), #157. Paris. Pp 360.

‹www.bondy.ird.fr/pleins_textes/pleins_textes_5/pt5/travaux_d/03854.pdf›

Jacquot, André; Richardson, Irvine. 1956. Report of the western team: Atlantic coastto Oubangui. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, v. 1, p. 9-62.Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker. London: Oxford Univ.Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Janson, Tore. 1982. Unpublished bibliography of Setswana, Sepedi and Sesotho,1945-1981. Göteborg Univ. Pp 11.


Janson, Tore; Tsonope, Joseph. 1991. Birth of a national language: the history ofSetswana. Gaborone: Heinemann Botswana; National Inst. of DevelopmentResearch and Documentation (NIR), Univ. of Botswana. Pp vi, 165.

Janssens, Baudoin. 1991. Doubles réflexes apparents en ewondo ou les chassés-croisés de la dérivation. Pholia, v. 6, p. 155-180.


Jenewari, Charles E.W. 1989. Ijoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 105-118. Ed.by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Johansson, Peter. 2001. Skandinaviska pionjärer i södra Afrika. In: Handelsfursten iDamaraland, p. 30-33. Stockholm: Carlssons Bokförlag.

Johnson, D.M. 1974. Writings of W.H. Whiteley: books and articles. Bull. of theSchool of Oriental and African Studies, v. 37, 1, p. ix-xii.

Johnston, Alex. 1927. Sir Harry Johnston. Journal of the African Soc., v. 27, 105, p.1-6.

Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1913. Bibliography of the history of colonization ofAfrica: books specially useful. In: A history of the colonization of Africa by alienraces, p. 467-471. New edition, revised throughout and considerably enlarged.Cambridge: The Univ. Press.

Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1919. Bibliography of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu langu-ages. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages, v. 1, p. 785-815. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson; Thipa, Henry M. 1996. ATR harmony in Xhosa. SouthAfrican journal of African languages, v. 16, 4, p. 119-123.

Jucovy, Kyra; Alderete, John. 2001. A bibliography of Berber language materials.Web-document, dated 14 June 2001, accessed June 2006. Swarthmore College.

‹www.sfu.ca/~alderete›

Juengling, Fritz. 1998. A bibliography of English in South Africa. Language matters,v. 29, p. 179-255.

‹www.ru.ac.za/affiliates/dsae/SAFENG.HTML›

Junge, P. 1985. Bibliographie deutscher Kolonialzeitschriften. Veröff. aus dem Über-see-Museum Bremen, Reihe C: deutsche geographische Blätter, neue Folge, #3.

Kadima, Kamuleta; Mutombo, Huta-Mukana; Bokula, Moiso; Kabuyaya, Kalondero;Mbula, P.; Thimbombo, N. 1983. Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale.Inventaire préliminaire: le Zaïre / Atlas linguistique de Zaïre. Collection del’Atlas linguistique de l’Afrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaoundé: Agence deCoopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Régional de Recherche et deDocumentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Développement des LanguesAfricaines (CERDOTOLA); Equipe Nationale Zaïroise. Pp 161, maps.

Kähler-Meyer, Emmi. 1943/44. Das Werk von Carl Meinhof. Zeits. für Eingebo-renen-Sprachen, v. 34, p. 131-172.


Kähler-Meyer, Emmi. 1971. Niger-Congo, Eastern Bantu. In: Current trends inlinguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 307-356. Ed. by Thomas AlbertSebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Kamal, Yusuf [Prince]. 1926/51. Monumenta cartographica Africae et Aegypti, 5vols in 16 parts. Cairo: Self-published.

Kaye, Alan S. 2002. Carleton Taylor Hodge. Language, v. 78, 1, p. 156-160.

Kebreab, W. Giorgis. 2007. The entry word in Ethiopian names. The indexer: theinternational journal of indexing, v. 25, 4, p. C8-C9.

King, Anthony. 1996. The Central African examiner, 1957-1965. Zambezia, v. 23, 2,p. 133-155.

Kirwan, L.P. 1982. Greek and Roman expeditions to the southern Sudan. In: Culturehistory in the southern Sudan: archaeology, linguistics, ethnohistory, p. 71-74. Ed.by John Mack and Peter T. Robertshaw. Memoirs of the British Inst. in EasternAfrica (BIEA), #8. Nairobi.

Klieman, Karin Anne. 1999. Hunter-gatherers participation in rainforest trade sys-tems: a comparative history of forest vs ecotone societies in Gabon and Congo,c.1000-1800 AD. In: Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinaryperspective: challenging elusiveness, p. 89-104. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, StefanElders and Gerda Rossel. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African andAmerindian Studies (CNWS).

Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. Les langues khoisan: présentation d’ensemble.In: Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, p. 459-482. Ed. by Jean Perrot,Gabriel Manessy and Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre National de la RechercheScientifique (CNRS).

Koni Muluwa, Joseph; Bostoen, Koen. 2008. Noms et usages des plantes utiles chezles Nsong. Göteborg africana informal series, #6. Dept. of Oriental and AfricanLanguages, Göteborg Univ.

‹www.african.gu.se/gais.html›

Kosch, Ingeborg M. 1993. A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics.Monograph series, #5. Pretoria: Via Afrika.

Kröger, Franz. 1992. Bibliography. In: Buli-English dictionary, p. 558-572. Researchon African languages and cultures, #1. Münster & Hamburg: Lit Verlag.

Kröger, Oliver. 2005. Report on a survey of coastal Makua dialects. SIL electronicsurvey reports (SILESR), #2005-020. Pp 45.


Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther. 1976. On the linguistic geography of the area ofAncient Begho. In: Languages of the Akan area: papers in western Kwa linguisticsand on the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho = Transactions ofthe Linguistic Circle of Accra, III, p. 63-91. Ed. by H. Max J. Trutenau. BAB(Basler Afrika Bibliographien) Mitt., #14. Basel.


Krüger, Susanne. 2004. A sociolinguistic survey of Pinyin and Awing. SIL electronicsurvey reports (SILESR), #2004-008. Pp 22.


Kuba, Richard; Lentz, Carola. 2001. The Dagara and their neighbors (Burkina Fasoand Ghana). Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #7. Iowa City: Univ.Libraries of Iowa.


Kuper, Adam J. 1983. Anthropology and anthropologists: the modern British school.New (2nd) edition, revised. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Kuperus, Julie. 1985. The Londo word: its phonological and morphological struc-ture. Ann. du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale), sciences humaines,#119. Tervuren. Pp 331.

Labroussi, Catherine. 1999. Vowel systems and spirantization in southwest Tanzania.In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 335-377.Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Lamberty, Melinda. 2002. A rapid appraisal survey of the Abo and Barombi speechcommunities, South West and Littoral Provinces, Cameroon. SIL electronic surveyreports (SILESR), #2002-075. Pp 28.


Latham, Robert Gordon. 1847. On the present state and recent progress of ethno-graphical philology, 1: Africa. Reports of the meeting of the British Association forthe Advancement of Science, v. 17, p. 154-229.

Lauer, Joseph L.; Larkin, Gregory V.; Kagan, Alfred. 1989. American and Canadiandoctoral dissertations and master’s theses on Africa, 1974-1987. Atlanta: Cross-road Press; African Studies Association (ASA).

Law, Robin. 1994. A lagoonside port on the eighteenth-century slave coast: the earlyhistory of Badagri. Canadian journal of African studies / Revue canadienne desétudes africaines, v. 28, 1, p. 32-59.

Lee, Richard B.; DeVore, Irven. 1976. Bibliography. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers:studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 377-394. Ed. by Richard B. Leeand Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.

Levtzion, Nehemia; Hopkins, J.F.P. (Ed.) 1981. Corpus of early Arabic sources forWest African history. Fontes historiae africanae, series arabica, #4. CambridgeUniv. Press.

Levy, Leah. 1968. A preliminary list of publications referring to the non-Bantu clicklanguages. Comm. from the School of African Studies, new series, #33. Univ. ofCape Town.

LIBRIS = The National Library of Sweden, Stockholm.

‹www.libris.kb.se›

Limb, Peter. —› AZ.


Lindfors, Bernth. 2001. Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: the making of racist stereotypesin 19th-century Britain. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa andEurope, p. 54-75. Ed. by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).

LingL = The Linguist List (mailinglist), Eastern Michigan Univ.

‹linguistlist.org›

Liqun, Dai. 2006. Chinese personal names & The hundred surnames: a Pinyin index.The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 25, 2, p. C1-C8.

LoC = Library of Congress, Washington DC.

‹catalogue.loc.gov›

Lonkama, Ekonyo Bandengo. 1988. Index des sujets et auteurs d’Aequatoria (1937-1962). Ann. Aequatoria, v. 9, annexe, p. 5-50.

Lonkama, Ekonyo Bandengo. 1990. Index des Annales Aequatoria 1980-1989:sujets, auteurs, recensions, cartes. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 11, p. 493-550.

Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1997. Bantu MapMaker 3.1. Univ. of Californiaat Berkeley & Leiden Univ.

‹linguistics.berkeley.edu/CBOLD/Maps/BMM1.html›

Lukas, Johannes. 1943/44. Carl Meinhof. Zeits. für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 34, p.81-93.

Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2003. What is Rukavango? Nordic journal of African studies, v.12, 1, p. 92-104.

‹www.njas.helsinki.fi›

Lydall, Jean. 2003. Hamar cluster. In: Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, v. 2. Ed. by Sieg-bert Uhlig, Yimam Baye and others. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag.

Maass, Antje. 2008. Le bilala, le kouka et le medogo: trois langues ou une? SILelectronic survey reports (SILESR), #2008-005. Pp 25.


Maass, Antje; Grant, Caroline A.; Huey, Paul; Dakouli, Padeu. 2008. Rapport d’en-quête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les baraïn du Guéra. SILelectronic survey reports (SILESR), #2008-004. Pp 27.


Maganga, Clement; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1992. Kinyamwezi: grammar, texts, voca-bulary. East African languages and dialects, #1. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp325.

Maho, Jouni Filip. —› WebAL.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia.Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp x, 222.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2001. African languages country by country: a reference guide.5th edition, dated September 2001. Göteborg africana informal series, #1. Dept. ofOriental and African Languages, Göteborg Univ.


Maho, Jouni Filip. 2003. A classification of the Bantu languages: an update ofGuthrie’s referential system. In: The Bantu languages, p. 639-651. Ed. by DerekNurse and Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New York:Routledge.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2004. How many languages are there in Africa, really? In: Globa-lisation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère), p.279-296. Ed. by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studiesand monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2008. Indices to Bantu languages. Studies in African linguistics,#73. München: Lincom Europa. Pp 187.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2008b. The Bantu bibliography. African linguistic bibliographies(ALB), #8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp xxiv, 844.

Maho, Jouni Filip. 2009. The New Updated Guthrie List: a referential classificationof the Bantu languages (keeping Malcolm Guthrie’s system updated). Forth-coming. Pp c.250.

Maho, Jouni Filip; Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf. 2006. Bibliography and references. In:Ten annotated Haya wordlists from Tanzania, p. 51-69. Dept. of Oriental andAfrican Languages, Göteborg Univ.

Maho, Jouni Filip; Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2002. The languages of Tanzania: a biblio-graphy. Orientalia et africana gothoburgensia, #17. Göteborg: Acta UniversitatisGothoburgensis.

Manessy, Gabriel. 1996. La détermination nominale en senoufo. Linguistique afri-caine, v. 16, p. 53-68.

Mangulu, André Motingea. 1988. Bibliographie Ngombe selective. In: Eléments degrammaire lingombe, avec une bibliographie exhaustive, p. 77-86. Etudes aequa-toria, #3. Bamanya (Zaïre): Centre Aequatoria.

Mangulu, André Motingea. 1993. Les langues mabinja (Uele) et ngombe (C41). Ann.Aequatoria, v. 14, p. 503-516.

Mann, Michael; Dalby, David. (Ed.) 1987. A thesaurus of African languages: aclassified and annotated inventory of the spoken languages of Africa. Incollaboration with Philip Baker, Abdulaay Bari, Catherine Bozon-Verduraz, SidiaJatta and John Saeed. London, München, New York & Paris: Hans Zell Publ.;K.G. Saur Verlag; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp 325.

Marais, Johannes Stephanus. 1939. The Cape Coloured people, 1652-1937. London,New York & Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co. Pp xxiii, 296.

Marchese, Lynell. 1989. Kru. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 119-139. Ed. byJohn Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Marincola, John. —› Herodotus (2003).

Marsden, William. 1827. Bibliotheca marsdeniana: philologica et orientalis, a cata-logue of books and manuscripts collected with a view to the general comparison oflanguages and to the study of Oriental literature. London: J.L. Cox. Pp 309.


Martinus, Efraim Frank. 1997. The kiss of a slave: Papiamentu’s West-Africanconnections. PhD thesis. Univ. of Amsterdam. Pp xiii, 292.

Masele, Balla F.Y.P. 2000. Nominal tone in Jinakiiya dialect, Kisukuma. In: Lughaza Tanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof.Clement Maganga, p. 97-109. Ed. by Kulikoyela Kanalwanda Kahigi, YaredMagori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School of Asian, Africanand Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.

Masonen, Pekka. 2000. The ‘Description of Africa’ and its editions & The contentsand sources of the ‘Description of Africa’. In: The Negroland revisited: discoveryan invention of the Sudanese Middle Ages, p. 175-196. Ann. academiae scientia-rum fennicae, serie humaniora, #309. Helsinki: Finnish Academy of Science andLetters.

Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda. 2000. Ci-Ruri verbal inflection. In: Lugha zaTanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof.Clement Maganga, p. 111-126. Ed. by Kulikoyela Kanalwanda Kahigi, YaredMagori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School of Asian, Africanand Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.

Mavoungou, Paul Achille. 2002. Sociolinguistic and linguistic aspects of borrowingin Yilumbu. South African journal of African languages, v. 22, 1, p. 41-58.

Mayer, Raymond. 1989. Inventaire et recension de 130 récits migratoires originauxdu Gabon. Pholia, v. 4, p. 171-216.

Mbele, Joseph L. 2002. A bibliography of Sukuma and Nyamwezi culture and socie-ty. Undated web-document, accessed April 2002.

‹www.stolaf.edu/people/mbele/bibliography.htm›

Mbongue, Joseph; Domche Teko, Engelbert; Brye, Edward; Brye, Elizabeth. 2002.Première évaluation globale de la situation sociolinguistique de la langue lefa(léfa’). SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-049. Pp 21.


Mchombo, Sam A. 1999. Argument structure and verbal morphology in Chichewa.Malilime: Malawian journal of linguistics, v. 1, p. 57-75.

MdA = Memória de África, Fundação Portugal-África, Univ. de Aveiro.

‹memoria-africa.ua.pt›

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1932. Introduction to the phonology of theBantu languages. Translated from German, revised and enlarged in collaborationwith the author and Dr Alice Werner by N.J. van Warmelo. Berlin: Verlag vonDietrich Reimer, under the auspices of the International Inst. of African Languagesand Cultures (IIALC), The Carnegie Corp. of New York, and the WitwatersrandCouncil of Education in Johannesburg. Pp xi, 248.

Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1948. Grundzüge einer vergleichenden Gram-matik der Bantusprachen. 2. Ausgabe, völlig umgearbeitet. Hamburg & Berlin:Verlag von Eckardt & Messtorff; Buchhändlerischer Vertrieb durch DietrichReimer (Andrews & Steiner). Pp 236.


Mesthrie, Rajend. 1992. Fanagalo in colonial Natal. In: Language and society inAfrica: the theory and practice of sociolinguistics, p. 305-324. Ed. by Robert K.Herbert. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.

Mickleburgh, Andrew. 2002. Bibliography of the South Asian diaspora and EastAfrica: an annotated bibliography. Web-document, dated 12 July 2002, accessedJune 2006. Canterbury: Centre for Social Anthropology and Computing, Univ. ofKent.

‹coombs.anu.edu.au/Biblio/biblio_sasiadiaspora.html›

Miehe, Gudrun. 1989. Verbal extensions in Swahili and neighbouring languages.Logos, v. 9, 1, p. 23-44.

Miller, Duncan E.; Maggs, Tim. 1998. Precolonial metalworking in Africa: a biblio-graphy. Web-document, dated 1 June 1998, accessed June 2006. Dept. of Archaeo-logy, Univ. of Cape Town.

‹www.projects.ex.ac.uk/mhn/Africa.html›

Miller, Norman N. 1968. Tanzania: documentation in political antropology - the HansCory Collection. African studies bulletin, v. 11, 2, p. 195-213.

Miti, Lazarus Musazitame. 1996. Subgrouping Ngoni varieties within Nguni: a lexi-costatistical approach. South African journal of African languages, v. 16, 3, p. 83-93.

Mitnik, Tamara Aleksandrovna; Tutova, Tatjana N.; Iljin, Jury M.; Nersesov, GeorgyA. 1994. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980[pt. 1-2]: geography (1-64), law (65-133). St. Petersburg journal of Africanstudies, v. 2, p. 183-193.

Mitnik, Tamara Aleksandrovna; Tutova, Tatjana N.; Iljin, Jury M.; Nersesov, GeorgyA. 1995. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980[pt. 4]: historical sciences (253-620). St. Petersburg journal of African studies, v.4, p. 125-152.

Mitnik, Tamara Aleksandrovna; Tutova, Tatjana N.; Iljin, Jury M.; Nersesov, GeorgyA. 1995b. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980[pt. 5]: economic sciences (621-961). St. Petersburg journal of African studies, v.5, p. 125-151.

Mitnik, Tamara Aleksandrovna; Tutova, Tatjana N.; Iljin, Jury M.; Nersesov, GeorgyA. 1997. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980[pt. 6-10]: art studies (962-986), architecture (987-999), philosophy (1000-1033),psychology (1034-1037), pedagogics (1038-1061). St. Petersburg journal ofAfrican studies, v. 6, p. 156-167.

Mkude, Daniel J. 2004. The impact of Kiswahili on Kiluguru. In: Globalisation andAfrican languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère), p. 181-197. Ed.by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studies and mono-graphs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1967. Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Proso-dologie und Morphologie. Inaugural-Dissertation. Univ. zu Köln. Pp xxx, 279.


Monheim, Christian. 1942. Congo-bibliographie. Anvers: Veitas. Pp 211.

‹www.abbol.com/bookbank/books/book_6_congo.htm›

Moñino, Yves. (Ed.) 1988. Lexique comparatif des langues oubanguiennes. Paris:Libr. Orientaliste Paul Geuthner; Laboratoire de Langues et Civilisations à Tradi-tion Orale (LACITO); Dépt. Languages et Parole en Afrique Central (LAPAC).

Mous, Maarten; Breedveld, Anneke. 1986. A dialectometrical study of some Bantulanguages (A.40-A.60) of Cameroon. In: La méthode dialectométrique appliquéeaux langues africaines, p. 177-241. Ed. by Gladys Guarisma and Wilhelm JohannGeorg Möhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.


Mtenje, Al[fred] D. 1995. Tone shift, accent and domains in Bantu: the case ofChichewa. In: Bantu phonology and morphology, p. 1-27. Ed. by Francis X.Katamba. Studies in African linguistics, #6. München: Lincom Europa.

Mufwene, Salikoko S. 1994. Restructuring, feature selection and markedness: fromKimanyanga to Kituba. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Lingu-istics Soc., v. 20, suppl. (spec. theme: ‘Special session on historical issues in Afri-can linguistics’, edited by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and ComfortWentum), p. 67-90.

Muyumba, Valentine Kanyinda. 2004. Luba-Kasai: a working bibliography. Electro-nic journal of Africana bibliography, #9. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries of Iowa.


Nadel, Siegfried Frederick. 1950. Dual descent in the Nuba Hills. In: African systemsof kinship and marriage, p. 333-359. Ed. by Alfred Reginald Radcliffe-Brown andDaryll Forde. London, New York & Toronto: Oxford Univ. Press; InternationalAfrican Inst. (IAI).

Naden, Anthony Joshua. 1989. Gur. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 140-168. Ed.by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Newman, Louise Michele. 1999. A feminist explores Africa: May French-Sheldon’ssubversion of patriarchal protection. In: White women’s rights: the racial originsof feminism in the United States, p. 102-115. London: Oxford Univ. Press.

Newman, Paul. 1977. Chadic classification and reconstructions. Afroasiatic lingu-istics, v. 5, 1, p. 1-42.

Newman, Paul. 1996. Hausa and the Chadic language family: a bibliography.African linguistic bibliographies (ALB), #6. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Ngima, Godefroy Mawoung. 2001. The relationship between the Bakola and theBantu peoples of the coastal regions of Cameroon and their perception ofcommercial forest exploitation. African study monographs: supplementary issue(Kyoto), v. 26 (spec. theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers’, ed. by Jiro Tanaka, MitsuoIchikawa and Daiji Kimura), p. 209-235.

‹jambo.africa.kyoto-u.ac.jp/kiroku/root_e.htm›


Nicolaï, Robert; Zima, Petr. 1997. Songhay. Languages of the world / Materials,#116. München: Lincom Europa.

Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1980. Bibliografie (net die belang-rikste werke en artikels). In: Toponymica Hottentotica B, p. 768-790. Naamkunde-reeks, #10. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geesteweten-skaplike Navorsing (RGN).

NITLE = Arab World Project, National Inst. for Technology and Liberal Education(NITLE).

‹arabworld.nitle.org›

NSS. 1991. Publications of the Namibia Scientific Society. Windhoek: NamibiaScientific Soc. (NSS).

Nurse, Derek. 1994. The nature and size of linguistic contact possible in threecenturies. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v.20, suppl. (spec. theme: ‘Special session on historical issues in African linguistics’,edited by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and Comfort Wentum), p. 91-100.

Nurse, Derek. 1994/95. “Historical” classifications of the Bantu languages. Azania, v.29/30 (spec. theme: ‘The growth of farming communities in Africa from theEquator southwards’, edited by John E.G. Sutton), p. 65-81.

Nurse, Derek. 1999. Towards a historical classification of East African Bantu langu-ages. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 1-41. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Nurse, Derek. 2007. Unpublished TA (Tense-Aspect) bibliography. St. John’s: Dept.of Linguistics, Memorial Univ. of Newfoundland. Pp 49.

‹www.ucs.mun.ca/~dnurse/›

Nurse, Derek; Philippson, Gérard. (Ed.) 2003. The Bantu languages. Language fami-ly series, #4. London & New York: Routledge. Pp xvii, 708.

Nurse, Derek; Tucker, Irene. 2002. A survey report of the Bantu languages. SIL elec-tronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-016.

‹www.sil.org/silesr/2002/016/SILESR2002-016.htm›

Nurse, George Trevor; Weiner, Joseph S.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1985. Bibliography. In:The peoples of southern Africa and their affinities, p. 347-374. Research mono-graphs on human population biology, #3. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

OAIster = OAIster of the Univ. of Michigan Library.

‹oaister.umdl.umich.edu/o/oaister›

Obudho, R.A.; Foeken, D.W.J. 1999. Urban agriculture in Africa: a bibliographicalsurvey. Research reports, #58. Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).



Oda, Masanori. 2008. Bibliography: the Mijikenda, Swahili, and other East Africancoastal Bantu. Undated web-document, accessed March 2008.

‹members.jcom.home.ne.jp/mi-hamamoto/research/mijikenda/midzibib.html›

Odden, David [Arnold]. 2003. Rufiji-Ruvuma (N10, P10-P20). In: The Bantu langu-ages, p. 529-545. Ed. by Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson. Language familyseries, #4. London & New York: Routledge.

Ogunsheye, F. Adetowun. 1963. A preliminary bibliography of the Yoruba language.Compiled for the UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and CulturalOrganization) language seminar on the teaching of Yoruba and English in primaryschools. Inst. of Librarianship, Univ. of Ibadan. Pp 38.

‹unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0014/001440/144088eb.pdf›

Ohannessian, Sirarpi; Kashoki, Mubanga E. (Ed.) 1978. Language in Zambia. FordFoundation’s language surveys. London: International African Inst. (IAI). Pp x,461, map.

Ohly, Rajmund. 1987. The destabilization of the Herero language. African studies ofthe Academy, #2. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia.

OpLib = Open Library (US).

‹openlibrary.org›

OPUS = OPUS-Metasuche nach elektronischen Hochschulschriften, Univ. Stuttgart.

‹elib.uni-stuttgart.de/opus/gemeinsame_suche.php›

Othily, Arthur. 1966. Langues et populations du Togo. Office de la Recherche Scien-tifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

Owolabi, D. Kola O. 1995. Bamgbose’s curriculum vitae. In: Language in Nigeria:essays in honour of Ayo Bamgbose, p. 503-521. Ed. by D. Kola O. Owolabi.Ibadan: Group Publ.

Paluku, André Mbula. 1998. Description grammaticale du kitalinga (langue bantu dunort-est du Zaïre). Studies in African linguistics, #22. München: Lincom Europa.Pp v, 364.

Paluku, André Mbula. 2002. Etat de la recherche en linguistique comparative bantouau Congo-Kinshasa: 10 and après Kadima Kamuleta. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 23, p.405-427.

Parker, Franklin. 1967. African education in Zambia (formerly Northern Rhodesia): apartial bibliography of magazine articles, 1925-1963. African studies bulletin, v.10, 3, p. 477-490.

Pasch, Helma. 1987. Die Mba-Sprachen: die Nominalklassensysteme und die gene-tische Gliederung einer Gruppe von Ubangi-Sprachen. Suppl. 6 to Sprache undGeschichte in Afrika (SUGIA). Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 419.

Peek, Philip Michael. 1990. Japanese anthropological research on Africa. Africanstudies review, v. 33, 1, p. 93-131.


Perner, Conradin. 1989. Anyuak bibliography. Web-document, dated 1989, accessedJune 2006. Davos (Switzerland).

‹www.schwabe.ch/anyuak›

Perrot, Jean; Manessy, Gabriel; Valdman, Albert. (Ed.) 1981. Les langues dans lemonde ancien et moderne, v. 1-2. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scienti-fique (CNRS). Pp xii, 691, maps.

Peters, Marguerite Andrée; Tabane, Matthew Mathêthê. 1982. Bibliography of theTswana language: a bibliography of books, periodicals, pamphlets and manu-scripts to the year 1980. Bibliography, #25. Pretoria: State Library.

Petzell, Malin. 2003. Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus on Bantulanguages. Africa & Asia: Göteborg working papers on Asian and African langu-ages and literatures, v. 3, p. 41-52.

Pfister, Roger. 1997. Bibliography of Swiss doctoral dissertations on sub-SaharanAfrica, 1897-1996 / Bibliographie des thèses de doctorat suisses sur l’Afriquenoire, 1897-1996. Bern: Swiss Soc. of African Studies / Soc. Suisse des EtudesAfricaines (SSEA); Swiss National Commission for UNESCO / CommissionNational Suisse pour l’UNESCO.

PGut = Project Gutenberg.

‹www.gutenberg.org›

Pigafetta, Filippo; Lopes, Duarte. 1965. Description du royaume de Congo et descontrées environnantes. Traduite de l’italien et annotée par Willy Bal; deuxièmeédition, revue. Publ. de l’Univ. de Léopoldville, #12. Louvain & Paris.

Piron, Pascale. 1997. Classification interne du groupe bantoïde, 2 vols. Studies inAfrican linguistics, #11-12. München: Lincom Europa. Pp 350; 350.

Pitchford, Jacqueline. 2006. Dutch, German, Austrian, Flemish and Afrikaans names.The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 25, 2, p. C11-C14.

Polomé, Edgar Charles. 1980. The languages of Tanzania. In: Language in Tanzania,p. 3-25. Ed. by Edgar Charles Polomé and Charles Peter Hill. London: OxfordUniv. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Pott, August Friedrich. 1852. Ueber die Kihiau-Sprache. Zeits. der deutschenmorgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 6, p. 331-348.

Prata, António Pires. 1990. Dicionário macua-português. Lisboa: Min. do Planea-mento e da Administração do Território (Portugal); Secretaria de Estado de Ciên-cia e Tecnologia; Inst. de Investigação Científica Tropical (IICT). Pp xxii, 508.

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus; Bosch, Sonja E. 1993. Index (Indeks): Congress (Kongress)1973-1980, SA Journal (SA Tydskrif) 1982-1992, Limi 1966-1981, Studies inBantoetale 1974-1981, Studies in Bantoetale supplement (byblad) 1982-1992.South African journal of African languages, v. 13, suppl. 1, p. 1-38.

Puèch, Gilbert. 1987. La longue marche des ndumu. Pholia, v. 2, p. 139-162.



Puèch, Gilbert. 1988. Augment et préfixe nominal en ngubi. Pholia, v. 3, p. 247-256.


Puèch, Gilbert. 1989. Les constituants suprasyllabiques en shíwé (Bantu A80).Pholia, v. 4, p. 217-228.


Quam, Michael D. 1999. A bibliography of Karamoja, Uganda: books and articlespublished in English. Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #5. Iowa City:Univ. Libraries of Iowa.


Raponda Walker, André [Abbé]. 1995. Eléments de grammaire fang. Rédigé parNtong Honoré, Etoughe Albert et Mba-Nkoghe Jules. Libreville: Fondation MgrRaponda Walker. Pp 80.

Reh, Mechthild. 1981. Problems of linguistic communication in Africa. African lingu-istic bibliographies (ALB), #1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 230.

Reining, Conrad C. 1961. American doctoral dissertations concerned with Africa.African studies bulletin, v. 4, 1, p. 1-50.

ReRR = Rhodes eResearch Repository at Rhodes Univ., Grahamstown.

‹eprints.ru.ac.za›

Retsö, Jan. 1992. De arabiska talspråken: en introduction = The Arabic spokenlanguages: an introduction. Dept. of Oriental Languages, Göteborg Univ.

Richardson, Irvine. 1957. Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, v. 2.London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp 95.

RO = Revues.org, Fédération de Revues en Sciences Humaines et Sociales.

‹www.revues.org›

Rodegem, Firmin M. 1967. Précis de grammaire rundi. Bruxelles & Gand: E. Story-Scientia. Pp 198.

Roncador, Manfred von; Miehe, Gudrun. 1998. Les langues gur (voltaïques): biblio-graphie commentée e inventaire des appellations des langues. Monographies vol-taïques / Gur monographs, #1. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Rop, Albert Jozef de. 1972. Bibliographie analytique de G. Hulstaert, M.S.C. Borger-hout (Belgique): Missionnaires du Sacré-Coeur.

Rottland, Franz. 1982. Die südnilotischen Sprachen: Beschreibung, Vergleichungund Rekonstruktion. Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, #7. Berlin: Dietrich ReimerVerlag.

Rubanza, Yunus Ismail. 1979. The relationship between Kiswahili and other Africanlanguages: the case of Kihaya. MA thesis. Univ. of Dar es Salaam. Pp iii, 162.


Rueck, Michael J.; Christiansen, Niels. 2001. Northern Songhay languages in Maliand Niger: a sociolinguistic survey. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR),#1999-008.


Rye, E.C. 1879. Books and memoirs on Zulu-Land. Proceedings of the RoyalGeographical Soc. and monthly record of geography, v. 1, 3, p. 201-205.

Samarin, William John. 1994. The dynamics of morphotactic change in Sango.Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v. 20, suppl.(spec. theme: ‘Special session on historical issues in African linguistics’, edited byKevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and Comfort Wentum), p. 125-138.

Sammy-Macfoy, Pierre; Senhouele, Mathieu; Breton, Roland J.L. (Ed.) 1984. Atlaslinguistique de Centrafrique (ALC) = Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale,inventaire préliminaire: la Republique Centrafricaine. Collection de l’Atlaslinguistique de l’Afrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaoundé: Agence deCoopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Régional de Recherche et deDocumentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Développement des LanguesAfricaines (CERDOTOLA); Equipe Nationale du Centrafricaine.

Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1981. Die kuschitischen Sprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p.187-215. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff.Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1981. Das Kordofanische. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 117-128. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg:Helmut Buske Verlag.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1985. Classificatie van naamwoorden en dingen in het bantoe.Afrika-Focus (Gent), v. 1, p. 67-85.


Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1989. Kordofanian. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 66-80.Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).


Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1999. Katupha’s Law in Makhuwa. In: Bantu historical linguis-tics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 379-394. Ed. by Jean-MarieHombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99. Stanford: CSLI (Centerfor the Study of Language and Information) Publ.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1999b. Batwa: the Bantu name for the invisible people. In:Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challengingelusiveness, p. 21-39. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders and Gerda Rossel.Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies (CNWS),Leiden Univ.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 2001. Bantu bibliography. Unpublished database.


Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Cyffer, Norbert; Hofmann, Inge; Rottland, Franz. 1981. Nilo-saharanisch. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 263-328. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C.Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Schapera, Isaac. 1937. Bibliography. In: The Bantu-speaking tribes of South Africa:an ethnographical survey, p. 435-444. Ed. by Isaac Schapera. London: GeorgeRoutledge & Sons for the South African Inter-Univ. Committee for AfricanStudies.

Scheulen, Peter. 1991/92. Die Sprachen Namibias als “Eingeborenensprachen” in derpolitischen und wissenschaftlichen Diskussion zur deutschen Kolonialzeit, unterbesonderer Berücksichtigung der Kolonial- und Afriknistik-Zeitschriften (einÜberblick). Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 291-328.

Schladt, Mathias. 2000. A multi-purpose orthography for Kxoe: development andchallenges. In: The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 125-139. Ed. byHerman M. Batibo and Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone:Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana andUniv. of Tromsø.

Schmied, Josef. 1991. Bibliography. In: English in Africa: an introduction, p. 215-255. Longman linguistics library. London & New York: Longman.

Schneider, Wolfram. —› ZACK.

Schoenbrun, David Lee. 1997. The historical reconstruction of Great Lakes Bantu:etymologies and distributions. Suppl. 9 to Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika(SUGIA). Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 351.

Scullen, Mary Ellen. 1992. Chichewa vowel harmony and underspecification theory.Linguistic analysis, v. 22, 3/4, p. 218-245.

Sene, Ibra. —› AZ.

Shen, John. 1995. New thoughts on the use of Chinese documents in the reconstruc-tion of early Swahili history. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 349-358.

SIL11. 1988. Ethnologue: languages of the world, 2 vols. 11th edition, edited byBarbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp x, 748; 403.

SIL12. 1992. Ethnologue: languages of the world, 2 vols. 12th edition, edited byBarbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp x, 938; 312.

SIL13. 1996. Ethnologue: languages of the world, 3 vols. 13th edition, edited byBarbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

SIL14. 2000. Ethnologue: languages of the world, 2 vols. 14th edition, edited byBarbara F. Grimes. Dallas: SIL International.

SIL15. 2005. Ethnologue: languages of the world. 15th edition, edited by RaymondG. Gordon. Dallas: SIL International.

‹www.ethnologue.com›

SILBib = The SIL Bibliography (SIL International).

‹www.ethnologue.com/bibliography.asp›


SILESR = SIL electronic survey reports (SIL International).

‹www.sil.org/silesr›

Simola, Raisa. 2001. Encounter images in the meetings between Finland and South-West Africa / Namibia. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa andEurope. Ed. by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).

SIRIS = Smithsonian Inst. Research Information System.

‹www.siris.si.edu/›

Sitoe, Bento; Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela. (Ed.) 2000. Relatório do II semináriosobre a padronização da ortografia de línguas moçambicanas. Maputo: Núcleo deEstudo de Línguas Moçambicanas (NELIMO); Centro de Estudos das LínguasMoçambicanas, Univ. Eduardo Mondlane. Pp 219.

Smart, Tracy. 1998. Publications of Edgar C. Polomé on African language andculture. General linguistics, v. 38, 1/4 (spec. theme: ‘African language and culturein historical perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polomé’, edited by BridgetDrinka and Derek Nurse), p. vii-xiii.

Smeltzer, Brad. 2001. Kagoro sociolinguistic survey. SIL electronic survey reports(SILESR), #2001-007. Pp 18.


Smet, A.J. 2004. Bibliographie de la philosophie africaine / African philosophicalbibliography (online).

‹www.isp.ucl.ac.be/recherche/philafr/A.html›

Smieja, Birgit; Dirven, René; Webb, Victor [N.] [C.]. (Ed.) 1997. The LiCCAbibliography (LICBIB): working paper in preparation for the LiCCA conference.LiCCA papers (LiCCAP), #5. Duisburg: Languages in Contact and Conflict inAfrica (LiCCA), Gerhard Mercator Univ.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 1998. Catalogue 617: Aethiops. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Anti-quarium.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 2001. Catalogue 633: Ifrîqiya. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Anti-quarium.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 2002. Catalogue 642: Afer Mahometicus. Leiden: Smitskamp Ori-ental Antiquarium.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 2003. Catalogue 644: Afer Niger. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental An-tiquarium.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 2004. Catalogue 645: Misr. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiqua-rium.

Smitskamp, Rijk. 2005. Catalogue 650: Coptic & Gnostic. Leiden: Smitskamp Ori-ental Antiquarium.

SOAS = SOAS (School of Oriental and African Studies) library, Univ. of London.

‹www.soas.ac.uk/library›


SOASROL = SOAS (School of Oriental and African Studies) research online.

‹eprints.soas.ac.uk›

Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa. In: Languagedeath: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p.301-417. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language,#64. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1995. Ethnographie des Sprachwechsels: sozialer Wandelund Sprachverhalten bei den Yeyi (Botswana). Sprachkontakt in Afrika / Languagecontact in Africa, #2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 504.

Spaandonck, Marcel van. 1965. Practical and systematic Swahili bibliography:linguistics, 1850-1963. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. 1933. Bibliography. In: Bari grammar, p. xxvi-xxvii.Verona: Ist. Missioni Africane.

Stanley, George Edward. 1968. The indigenous languages of South West Africa.Anthropological linguistics, v. 10, 3, p. 5-18.

Stewart, John Massie. 1989. Kwa. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 216-245. Ed.by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; SummerInst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Stiebing jnr, William H. 1993. Retrieving Egypt’s distant past. In: Uncovering thepast: a history of archaeology, p. 55-84. London: Oxford Univ. Press.

Stirtz, Timothy M. 2004. Phonology and orthography in Gaahmg. Occasional papersin the study of Sudanese languages, v. 9, p. 127-144.

Strohmeyer, Eckhard. 1982. Umfassende Bibliographie der Völker Namibiens (Süd-westafrikas) und Süd-West Angolas, Bd 2. Karben (Deutschland).

Strohmeyer, Eckhard; Moritz, Walter. 1975. Umfassende Bibliographie der VölkerNamibiens (Südwestafrikas) und Süd-West Angolas, Bd 1. Kampala & Spenge(Deutschland).

SULAIR = Africa south of the Sahara: selected internet sources prepared by KarenFung, Stanford Univ. Libraries and Academic Information Resources (SULAIR).

‹www-sul.stanford.edu/depts/ssrg/africa/guide.html›

Sullivan, Terrence D. 2004. A preliminary report on existing information on theManding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research.SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2004-005.

Switzer, Les; Switzer, Donna. 1979. The black press in South Africa and Lesotho: adescriptive bibliographical guide to African, Coloured and Indian newspapers,newsletters and magazines 1836-1976. Bibliographies and guides to Africanstudies. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co. Pp xix, 307.


Taylor, Brian K. 1962/69. Bibliography (1962) & Supplementary bibliography 1962-1969. In: The western Lacustrine Bantu (Nyoro, Toro, Nyankore, Kiga, Haya andZinza, with sections on the Amba and Konjo), p. 149-156. Ethnographic survey ofAfrica, East Central Africa, #13. London: Oxford Univ. Press; InternationalAfrican Inst. (IAI).

Thioub, Ibrahima. 1993. Compléments à la bibliographie des travaux universitairessoutenus à l’Université Cheikh Anta Diop de Dakar (UCAD) entre 1988 et 1993.Dakar: Dépt. de Histoire, Univ. Cheikh Anta Diop (UCAD). Pp 18.

‹tekrur-ucad.refer.sn/article.php3?id_article=145›

Tiendrebeogo, Beatrice. 2001. Rapport sociolinguistique sur la langue Bobo Jula(Zara). SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2001-002. Pp 15.


TInd = The indexer: the international journal of indexing.

‹www.theindexer.org›

Tucker, Archibald Norman. 1964. Systems of tone-marking African languages. Bull.of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 27, 3, p. 594-611.

Tucker, Archibald Norman. 1971. Orthographic systems and conventions in sub-Saharan Africa. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-SaharanAfrica, p. 618-653. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton &Co.

Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1956. Far eastern section:Great Lakes to Indian Ocean. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu border-land, v. 1, p. 123-143. Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker.London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).

Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1957. Linguistic survey of thenorthern Bantu borderland, 4: languages of the eastern section, Great Lakes toIndian Ocean. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp89.

TUFS = Prometheus-Academic Collections, Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies.

‹repository.tufs.ac.jp›

Turner, W.J. 1879. Maps of Zulu-Land. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Soc.and monthly record of geography, v. 1, 3, p. 205-206.

Tylleskär, Thorkild. 1987. Bibliographie. In: Phonologie de la langue sakata (bc 34):langue bantoue du Zaïre parler de Lemvien Nord, p. 139-148. Univ. de laSorbonne Nouvelle (Paris 3).

UFDC = Univ. of Florida Digital Collections.

‹www.uflib.ufl.edu›

UK. 1804-1817/1968. Reports from select committees on petitions of the court ofdirectors of the Sierra Leone Company and the Company of Merchants trading toAfrica, and on the state of the settlements and forts on the coast of Africa. Britishparliamentary papers: colonies, Africa, #1. Dublin: Irish Univ. Press.


ULCAT = Bibliotheekcatalogi van de Univ. Leiden.

‹u-cat.leidenuniv.nl›

UNESCO. (Ed.) 2005. Atlas of the world’s languages in danger of disappearing. 3rdedition. Paris: UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and CulturalOrganization) Publ.

‹portal.unesco.org/ci/en/ev.php-URL_ID=7856&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SECTION=201.html›

UNESDOC = UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Orga-nization) documents and publications.

‹unesdoc.unesco.org/ulis/›

Valkhoff, Marius F. 1971. Descriptive bibliography of the linguistics of Afrikaans: asurvey of major works and authors. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguisticsin sub-Saharan Africa, p. 455-500. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague &Paris: Mouton & Co.

Veen, Lolke J. van der. 1988. Caractéristiques principales du groupe B30. Pholia, v.3, p. 271-290.


Vetralla, Hiacinto Brusciotto de. 1659. Regulae quaedam pro difficillimi congensiumidiomatis faciliori captu ad grammaticae normam redactae. Romae: Sac. Congreg.de Propaganda Fide.

Vetralla, Hiacinto Brusciotto de. 1882. Grammar of the Congo language as spokentwo hundred years ago, and translated from the Latin of Brusciotto. Translated byJames Mew, edited by H. Grattan Guiness. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

Vinck, Honoré. 1981. Bio-bibliographie de A. de Rop. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 2, p. 159-167.

Vinck, Honoré. 1984. Dialectologie mongo: état de la question. Ann. Aequatoria, v.5, p. 161-172.

Vinck, Honoré. 1985. Mémoires sur les langues de la région de l’Equateur. Ann.Aequatoria, v. 6, p. 215-217.

Vinck, Honoré. 1993. Addenda et corrigenda de la bibliographie de G. Hulstaert.Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14, p. 392-400.

Vinck, Honoré. 1993b. Bibliographie des Bongando. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14, p. 585-593.

Vinck, Honoré. 1993c. Thèses de doctorate sur le Zaïre á Bloomington. Ann. Aequa-toria, v. 14, p. 594.

Vinck, Honoré. 1994. Complément à la bibliographie de Albert de Rop. Ann.Aequatoria, v. 15, p. 487ff.

Vinck, Honoré. 1994b. Dialectologie móngo: évolution depuis 1984. Ann. Aequa-toria, v. 15, p. 425-438.


Voorhoeve, Jan. 1973. Safwa as a restricted tone system. Studies in African lingu-istics, v. 4, 1, p. 1-22.

Vossen, Rainer. 1983. Comparative eastern Nilotic. In: Nilo-Saharan languagestudies, p. 177-207. Ed. by Marvin Lionel Bender. Monographs from the Com-mittee on Northeast African Studies, #13. East Lansing: African Studies Center,Michigan State Univ.

Vydrine, Valentin [Feodosievich]. 2005. Reconstruction of initial consonants inProto-South Mande. In: Studies in African comparative linguistics, with specialfocus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin and ClaireGrégoire, p. 43-88. Ed. by Koen Bostoen and Jacky Maniacky. Collection scienceshumaines / Collectie menswetenschappen, #169. Tervuren: Musée Royal del’Afrique Centrale (MRAC).

Wald, Benji [Victor]. 1975. Animate concords in northeast coastal Bantu: its linguis-tic and social implications as a case of grammatical convergence. Studies in Afri-can linguistics, v. 6, 3, p. 267-314.

WALR = Webbook of African Language Resources, African Studies Center, Michi-gan State Univ.

‹www.isp.msu.edu/AfrLang/hiermenu.html›

Walsh, Martin T.; Swilla, Imani N. 2000. Linguistics in the Corridor: a review ofresearch on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia andNorth Malawi. Paper prepared for the International Colloquium on Kiswahili in2000, Inst. of Kiswahili Research, Univ. of Dar es Salaam, 20-23 March 2000. Pp47.

‹www.african.gu.se/downloads.html›

Walsh, Martin T.; Swilla, Imani N. 2001. Linguistics in the Corridor: a review ofresearch on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia andNorth Malawi. Journal of Asian and African studies / Ajia Afuriku gengo bunkakenkyu, v. 61, p. 275-302.

Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van. 1937. Grouping and ethnic history. In: The Bantu-speaking tribes of South Africa: an ethnographical survey, p. 43-66. Ed. by IsaacSchapera. London: George Routledge & Sons for the South African Inter-Univ.Committee for African Studies.

Watters, John Robert. 1989. Bantoid overview. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.401-420. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press ofAmerica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).

Watters, John Robert. 2003. Grassfields Bantu. In: The Bantu languages, p. 225-256.Ed. by Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London &New York: Routledge.

Watters, John Robert; Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier]. 1989. Southern Bantoid. In: TheNiger-Congo languages, p. 431-449. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel.Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).


WBib = Wolof bibliography, at the Abibitumi Kasa Afrikan Language and LiberationInstitutes and Communities Network.

‹www.abibitumikasa.com/forums/wolof-language-resources/37244-wolof-bibliography-wolof.html›

WebAL = Webresources for African languages.

‹www.africanlanguages.org›

Weier, Hans-Ingolf. 1985. Basisdemonstrativa im Bantu. Suppl. 5 to Sprache undGeschichte in Afrika (SUGIA). Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 369.

Westermann, Diedrich; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1952. The languages of WestAfrica. Handbook of African languages, pt 2. London, New York & Toronto:Dawsons of Pall Mall; International African Inst. (IAI).

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1963. The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa:Bush, Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships. Africa, v. 33, 3, p. 237-265.

Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1971. The click languages of southern and easternAfrica. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p.367-420. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.

Whitehead, John. 1899. Grammar and dictionary of the Bobangi language, as spokenover a part of the Upper Congo, West Central Africa. London: Baptist MissionarySoc.; Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co. Pp xix, 499.

Whiteley, Wilfred Howell; Gutkind, A.E. 1958. A linguistic bibliography of EastAfrica. New edition, revised. East African linguistic studies, #2. Kampala: EastAfrican Swahili Committee & East African Inst. of Social Research (EAISR),Makerere College.

Wilkening, Friederike. 2000. Who is J.W.T. Allen? Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere(AAP), v. 64 (spec. theme: ‘Swahili Forum VII’, edited by Rose Marie Beck, LutzDiegner, Thomas Geider and Werner Gräbner), p. 237-258.

Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret]; Blench, Roger M. 2000. Niger-Congo. In: Afri-can languages: an introduction, p. 11-42. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse.Cambridge Univ. Press.

Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret]; Timitimi, A.O. (Ed.) 1983. Short Izon-Englishdictionary. Delta series, #3. Port Harcourt: Univ. of Port Harcourt Press.

Willis, John Ralph. 1965. Windfall for African studies: some forthcoming reprints.African studies bulletin, v. 8, 2, p. 54-62.

Wilson, Charles Thomas. 1882. Outline grammar of the Luganda language. London:Soc. for Promoting Christian Knowledge (SPCK).

Wilson, William André Auquier. 1989. Atlantic. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.81-104. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of Ame-rica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).


Winsnes, Selena Axelrod. 2001. An eye-witness, hearsay, hands-on report from theGold Coast: Ludewig F. Rømer’s Tilforladelig efterretning om kysten Guinea. In:Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 37-53. Ed. byMai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).

Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1981. Khoisan. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 329-374. Ed.by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: HelmutBuske Verlag.

Wolff, Ekkehard. 1981. Die Berbersprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 171-185.Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: HelmutBuske Verlag.

Wolff, Ekkehard. 1981b. Die tschadischen Sprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p.239-262. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Ham-burg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

ZACK = ZACK Gateway to various library catalogues (website maintained by Wolf-ram Schneider).

‹opus.tu-bs.de/zack›

Zaslavsky, Claudia. 1973. Africa counts: number and pattern in African culture.Boston: Prindle, Weber & Schmidt. Pp viii, 328.

ZDB = Zeitschriftendatenbank der Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin.

‹dispatch.opac.ddb.de›

Zima, Petr. 1972. Bibliography. In: Problems of categories and word classes inHausa: the paradigm of case, p. 102-111. Dissertationes orientales, #33. Prague:Oriental Inst., Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences.

e Ball Guide

Documents

Transcript of e Ball Guide